Home

Kenwood DDX896 GPS Receiver User Manual

1. was set before the front defroster was g switched on The indicator lampin button goesout Activating Press button 6 The indicator lamp in button X comes The indicator lamp in the button comes on on The air recirculation mode is activated The air conditioning compressor remains automatically at high outside on even if the indicator lamp in button temperatures _ goes out This helps to prevent the The indicator lamp in button 6 amp al is not lit windshield from fogging when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatically Deactivating A quantity of outside air is added after gt Press button again approximately 30 minutes The indicator lamp in the button goes out If you have turned off the air conditioning Defrosting is turned off or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C the air recirculation mode will not The previous settings are once again in i switch on automatically effect The air conditioning compressor remains switched on gt Deactivating Press button e The indicator lamp in the button goes out To deactivate you can also press button OFF or auTo Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 104 gt Press air distribution button 3 or 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Con
2. locked centrally at a vehicle speed of Use this function to activate and deactivate approximately 9 mph 15 km h the easy entry exit feature gt page 92 gt Press button H or CP repeatedly until N Warning the Settings menu appears in the You must make sure no one can become multifunction display trapped or injured by the moving steering gt Press button ZA wheel when the easy entry exit feature is gt Move the selection marker with button activated or to the Vehicle submenu To stop steering wheel movement do one of gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until ire folowing the message Automatic Door Locking e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk appears in the multifunction display e Press one of the memory position buttons The selection marker is on the current setting e Press memory button M Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Press button or CP repeatedly until gt Press button or to switch the the Settings menu appears in the automatic central locking On or Off multifunction display gt Press button A Comfort submenu gt Move the selection marker with button Access the
3. e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off must be switched on gt page 136 e open a door e open the tailgate The interior lighting goes out after a short time 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 103 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 If a door remains open the interior lamps Second row reading lamps go out automatically after approximately x 5 minutes when the SmartKey is removed or in starter switch position 0 OFF gt Deactivating Press button Button engages Manual control H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine Switching rear reading lamps on off turned off could result in a discharged Press second row reading lamp where battery indicated by the arrow Controls in detail gt Switching front interior lighting on off Press switch gt Switching rear interior lighting on off Press switch Third row reading lamps and interior lighting gt Switching front reading lamps on off Press respective switch g Emergency lighting The interior lighting comes on automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident Switching off gt P butt ro ress button Lam TS Right third row readi
4. 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 280 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display A Warning If the amp Pass ar saca indicator lamp remains illuminated with an adult occupant on the front passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Driving systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Cruise Inoperativ The cruise control is malfunctioning Control e gt Have the cruise control checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Cruise MPH One of the activation conditions for cruise control has not Control been fulfilled You may have attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 143 Practical hints DISTRONIC Km h One of the activation conditions for Distronic has not been Canada fulfilled You may have attempted to set a speed below only 20 mph 30 km h gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed Check the activation conditions for Distronic gt page 148 DISTRONIC Inoperativ The Distronic or the display are malfunctioning e gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soo
5. 144 Last stored speed n scssi 144 SS AOE O geen cere E A 143 Messages in the mutlifunction diSplay u less 280 Resume function reneersnnessereneenen 144 Setting current speed s is 143 Cup holders 2 22444444 HH 201 Curb weight 0 0 0 eee ee 249 Customer Assistance Center CAC 23 Customer Relations Department 23 on Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data recording 4444 4 en 23 Date Setting 2 0 02 502606220 0 134 Daytime running lamp mode 99 Switching on Or Off soris 134 Deep water see Standing water Defroster Rear window Windshield 0 Delayed shut off Exterior lamp siczsiscetecsseeeisutazstoeseets 135 Interior ENUN Eiin 136 Department of Transportation see DOT Diesel engine Preglow indicator lamp 29 Diesel fuel see Fuel Difficulties While driving isisisi 113 With Startingeesaeseaneenea 111 Digital clock see Clock Digital speedometer 127 Dimensions vehicle see Vehicle specification Direction of rotation tires 240 Displays Digital speedometer seese 127 Distronie anerkennen 146 Maintenance service indicator 261 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 7 Version 2 11 8 1 Messages in the multifunction displayaas sesueke een 274 Multifunction display 125 Outside temperature 127 13
6. Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the distance warning function This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 153 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt Activating deactivating Activate or deactivate the distance warning function in the control system gt page 138 When activated the distance warning function indicator amp J appears in the multifunction display N Warning The hill start assist system is not designed to function as a parking brake It does not prevent the vehicle from moving when parked on an incline Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P On uphill grades the hill start assist system maintains the pressure in the brake system for approximately 1 second after you have released the brake pedal Therefore you can start off smoothly without the vehicle moving immediately after releasing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The hill start assist system is inactive e when starting off on a level road or downhill grades e with the automatic transmission in neutral position N e with the parking brake engaged e if the ESP has switched off due to a malfunc
7. 352 Refueling 5 2 gt Regular checks 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door unlock Tele Aid 212 Replacing bulbs 0 312 Reporting safety defects 23 Research Octane Number see RON Reserve fuel Messages in the multifunction display ae Warning lamp Reset button Reset tool NECK PRO active front head restraints eeeeeeeees 310 Restraint systems see Occupant safety Rims 22 200 250 347 Roadside Assistance 21 210 Roller sunblinds 184 RON Research Octane Number 353 Roof rack 2 senesnernneessn 187 Rubber parts cleaning 267 Run flat tires see MOExtended tires Safety Driving safety systems eee eee 63 Occupant Safety cc cecicsesescescsscssieseses 36 Reporting defects nee 23 Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 52 Seat belts ee eeceseceereeesseeees 47 Adjustment function c seers 51 Children in the vehicle 55 Cleaning een 267 Fastening nness san 49 Height adjustment ne 50 Proper use Of Safety guidelines Safety notes ceneneneessnensnssennnnnnnnnenn EIN e EET Seat h
8. To minimize risk to you and to others activate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to D when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position auto to D with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from auto to 2 will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auro 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe The following lamps come on and go out depending on the brightness of the ambient light with the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button pressed once e tail lamps e parking lamps e license plate lamps e side marker lamps When the engine is running the low beam headlamps will also come on and turn off automatically Canada only High beam headlamps are only available with the exterior lamp switch in position 4 Daytime running lamp mode In Canada the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode In the USA the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated by default gt Activate
9. a gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn rear window wiper switch 1 to the desired position Rear window wiper indicator appears in the lower multifunction display when the rear window wiper is activated For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 226 H If anything blocks the wipers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location and e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch engage the parking brake before attempting to remove any blockage e Remove blockage e Turn the wipers on again DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Power windows If the windshield wipers fail to function at all with the combination switch in position Or e set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Power windows Opening and closing The door windows and the hinged quarter windows are opened and closed electrically The switches for all door windows and the hinged quarter win
10. Air distribution directs air gt page 168 through the windshield and side air vents AC cooling on off Switches on the air gt page 167 conditioning The indicator lamp in button X comes on Residual heat ventilation With the engine turned off it gt page 170 is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior Temperature control passenger Set the temperature to 72 F gt page 168 side 22 C REAR Rear climate control on off or air supply for rear passenger compartment on off USA only 45 Rear climate control on off or air supply for rear passenger compartment on off Canada only Air distribution directs air gt page 168 through center and side air vents Air distribution directs air gt page 168 through the footwells and side air vents Air volume display Decreasing air volume gt page 168 DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail 5 Climate control Function Rear window defroster Air recirculation Only use this function for a 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 166 Version 2 11 8 1 Recommendation Notes page 180 gt page 169 short time e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Interior temperature sensor Climate control on off Switches on the climate gt page 166 control system The indicator lamp in button Notes on cl
11. Distance to empty gt Press button CF or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or repeatedly until the message Range appears in the multifunction display The calculated remaining driving range based on the current fuel tank level appears in the multifunction display If only very little fuel is left in the tank a vehicle at the fuel pump In appears instead of the remaining driving range 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 140 Version 2 11 8 1 Kange 265m Current fuel consumption gt Press button CF or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Consumption appears in the multifunction display The current fuel consumption appears in the multifunction display Consumption NPG __ e 0 20 40 60 80 A Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using
12. ort to turn Voice Control System off see separate operating instructions Depending on the selected menu pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunction display is arranged in menus and accompanying functions and submenus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD operations under Audio DVD menu for example These functions serve to call up relevant information or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern 9 Vehicles without Voice Control System Button without function 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 125 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system gt Press button or Z repeatedly to Transmission position gear range pass through each menu one after the indicator other Automatic transmission program mode gt Press button 5 gt or 4 repeatedly to indicator pass through each function display one Outside temperature or digital after the other in the current menu speedometer In the Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 130 The number o
13. 4 52 en US When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the Zj rass am sac indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out With the B passa sasa indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With the 8 indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the 8 Passar saca indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then go out indicating that the front passenger front air bag is activated If the 3 Passar sasaa indicator lamp is illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed If the 3 pass air sactaza indicator lamp is not illuminated the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed PASS AIR BAG aa e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment th
14. The exterior rear view mirrors fold out automatically as soon as the vehicle is unlocked and the driver s or front passenger door are subsequently opened Synchronizing The power folding rear view mirrors may have to be synchronized after the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged If the exterior rear view mirrors do not fold properly upon locking or unlocking the vehicle do the following gt Make sure the power folding function in the control system is activated gt page 138 gt When power folding function is activated and the exterior rear view mirrors still do not fold properly Fold each exterior rear view mirror in completely gt page 96 gt Fold each exterior rear view mirror out completely gt page 96 When the exterior rear view mirrors fold properly upon locking the vehicle the exterior mirrors are synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Folding in and out manually The exterior rear view mirrors can vibrate if they are not folded out completely 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 96 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt Folding in Briefly press button A Both exterior rear view mirrors fold in At speeds above approximately 30 mph 47 km h you will not be able to fold the exterior mirrors in gt Folding out Briefly press button Q Both exterior rear view mirrors fold out H If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pu
15. Z Warning If you switch off the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensation may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the cooling function of the climate control system The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u 3 zone automatic climate control Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning gt Press button 4 again The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer H If the air conditioning cannot be activated again this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned off Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Automatic mode You can switch the climate control system on and off for each zone of the passenger compartment as desired When operating t
16. gt Notify local fire and or police authorities If the extent of the damage cannot be determined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage on major assemblies fuel system and engine mount can be determined gt Start the engine in the usual manner Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving and parking Parking A Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system These materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Vehicle movement may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or vehicle drivetrain Therefore always do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving Parking brake N Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of
17. or to the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press button 4 or X repeatedly until the message Display Unit Speedometer Odometer appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Display Unit Speedometer Odorneter Km gt Press button to set speedometer odometer unit to Km or Miles Selecting digital speedometer display mode gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 Move the selection marker with button or to the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Display Unit Digital 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Speedometer appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Display Unit Digital Speedometer Km gt Press button or speedometer unit to Km or to set digital iles Selecting language gt Press button or LP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press button Z or 7 repeatedly until the message Language appears in the
18. If you manually set the temperature air volume or air distribution for the passenger side or the rear passenger compartment when the MONO setting is active the MONO setting will be switched off Rear window defroster A Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is switched off automatically after some time of operation depending on the outside temperature 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press button respective climate control panel The indicator lamp in the button comes on on the gt Switching off Press button amp again The rear window defroster switches off when the battery voltage is too low The indicator lamp in button amp flashes Too many electrical consumers may be operating simultaneously gt Switch off consumers that are currently not needed if required Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening and closing N Observe Safety notes see page 55 A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding
19. Loading and storing Loosening the cargo net Belt hook attached in the third row footwell gt Loosen the tightening belt by pulling buckle Q upward in direction of arrow gt Remove belt hook 2 from cargo tie down ring Controls in detail Removing and storing the cargo net gt Take cargo net bar 2 gt page 197 out of holder gt page 197 gt Press the red button on the upper and lower cargo net bar gt Fold the cargo net gt Roll up the cargo net Close the hook and loop fasteners on the cargo net package N Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the cargo compartment if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests If so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo The cargo net cannot secure hard or heavy objects Parcel nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 198 Version 2 11 8 1 Controls in detail Zz Loading and storing Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Glove box Depending on vehicle equipment an AUX socket or a media interface is located in the glove box For information
20. Winter driving Winter tires A Warning Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 1 6 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation A Warning If you use your spare wheel when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by a regular road wheel with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake 4 marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of your vehicle s driving safety systems such as the ABS and the ESP in winter operation For safe handling make sure all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design For information on winter tires for your vehicle model see the Technical data section gt page 347 Always observe the speed rating
21. ass ar sasama indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible A Warning If the 3 Pass ar saca indicator lamp remains out even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 279 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Front USA only Passenger The front passenger front air bag is deactivated while driving Airbag even though an adult or someone larger than a small Disabled individual is occupying the front passenger seat Forces See acting on the seat may make the system sense a decrease in Operator s weight Manua gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the front passenger vacate the seat and exit the vehicle gt Adjust the seat height to a higher position gt page 82 gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged underneath behind or around the se
22. gt page 192 gt Fold seat cushion N to a horizontal position Guide pin must engage in recess of seat backrest The second row seats must be in their rearmost position gt page 87 gt Fold seat backrest to a horizontal position Returning seats to their original position A Warning Make sure e the seats are properly locked e the seat backrests are in an upright position and are properly locked An outboard second row seat is properly locked only when lock status indicator Q is in hinged position and red marking is barely visible see Lock status indicators outboard second row seats If a seat and seat backrest are not properly locked the seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold You could slide under the seat belt during braking vehicle 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 193 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing maneuvers or in an accident If you slide Outboard second row seats under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries H When returning the seats to their original position it is important to proceed in the following order e third row seats e outboard second row seats e second row middle seat 7 seat vehicles Otherwise you could damage the seats gt Pull release lever past the resistance point as far as it will go and move up seat
23. in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper H Ultrasonic signals from outside sources e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the operation of the Parktronic system Range of the sensors P54 65 3690 31 To function properly sensors 1 must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean in sensors 1 regularly Be careful not to scratch or damage sensors see Cleanin 8 8 P56 65 3691 21 the driving systems sensors gt page 265 N Warning The Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail a Driving systems 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 158 Version 2 11 8 1 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the Parktronic system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no longer be indicated by the Parktronic system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate the relative distance between the sensors and an obstacle Rear area warning indicators Each warning indicat
24. or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener Operator s Manual gt Step 9 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the following two steps gt Step 10 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the programmed signal transmitter button or Step 11 Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to complete the training process gt Step 12 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 13 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe If you
25. uunsenenn 3 zone automatic climate control see Climate control system 4 ETS Electronic Traction System 65 4MATIC see All wheel drive 4MATIC ABS Antilock Brake System 63 Indicator l mp u 0 00 300 Messages in the multifunction display 275 286 Accessory weight 248 Accidents nr essen 113 Air DABS occ 22h cade rennen 37 Distance warning function 152 Emergency calls Tele Aid 209 NECK PRO active front head restraints u 53 Active Bi Xenon headlamps Messages in the multifunction display seen 295 see Headlamps Adaptive Damping System see ADS AdBlue nennnene 331 354 Capacity AdBlue tank 351 Refilling 2 22 332 Additives Engine oil gesa pnnn 352 GaSOliNe sere aisentiscnnanciie 354 Address change u 22 ADS Adaptive Damping System 153 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS 422028 232 Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY s 05524i2444e25050 420 283 298 Airbags 37 Emergency call upon deployment 209 Front driver and passenger 40 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Canada OM Yen 45 307 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only 42 307 Messages in the multifunction display 277 OCS Occupant Classification SYSteM u a 42 Safety guidelines nnn 39 Side imp ct usse u00 40 Window
26. A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may appear For your convenience the messages are divided into text messages gt page 275 and symbol messages gt page 285 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 275 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Text messages Safety systems Display messages ABS ABS ABS ESP ABS ESP Inoperativ e See Operator s Manual ABS ESP Unavailabl e See Operator s Manual ABS ESP Unavailabl e See Operator s Manual Inoperativ See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and Solutions The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ABS the BAS the ESP and the PRE SAFE system are unavailable gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking r
27. Beverage holders see Cup holders Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine mens BlueTEC AdBlue tank naannnnnnnneennnnnnnn AdBlue tank capacity aueaeeeee Brake fluid Che ecking level sessin Messages in the multifunction AISPIAY E E Aacessancest Brake lamps Cleaning lenses sser Brake pads Messages in the multifunction display Brakes Parking brake u 00 Warning lamp ersesseessersnesneerneennn Break in period 222 44 Bug cover Radiator Bulbs see Replacing bulbs CAC Customer Assistance Center 23 California retail buyers and lessees important notice for 21 Calls phone uu Can holders see Cup holders Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants eeeeeeee eens Cargo compartment Carto Nele Cargo volume expanding COVEN blind ee Tie down rings Cargo compartment cover blind 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe CargoNet erobre nenes Cargo tie down rings Carpets cleaning Central locking Automatic 22 2 cccc cscse sceeeeesc3e503 74 137 KEYLESS GO astra 71 Locking unlocking from inside 74 SIMAREK OY aszce ace dock E E 70 Central locking unlocking switch 74 Certification label 344 Children in the vehicle Airbags 37 BabySmart air bag de
28. Seite 239 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 1 Combined weight limit 1500 lbs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs of occupants and cargo from Tire and Loading Information placard Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 MI Step2 Number of occupants 5 3 1 driver and passengers 5 Seating configuration front 2 front 1 front 1 rear 3 Kealee2 S Occupants weight Occupant 1 Occupant 1 Occupant 1 O 150 Ibs 200 Ibs 150 Ibs Occupant 2 Occupant 2 180 Ibs 190 Ibs Occupant 3 Occupant 3 160 Ibs 150 Ibs Occupant 4 140 Ibs Occupant 5 120 Ibs Combined weight of all 750 lbs 540 Ibs 150 Ibs occupants Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Available cargo 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs luggage and trailer 750 Ibs 540 Ibs 150 Ibs tongue weight total 750 Ibs 960 Ibs 1350 Ibs load limit from Tire and Loading Information placard minus combined weight of all occupants The higher the weight of all occupants the Certification label less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 240 Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 240 as to not exceed the permissible load limit you must make sure your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation in Tires and wheels Weight Rating GVWR a
29. e Operating video DVD gt page 129 If no audio equipment is currently switched on the message AUDIO Off appears in the multifunction display Selecting radio station The HD Radio with SIRIUS Satellite Radio is treated as a radio application For more information on HD Radio with SIRIUS Satellite Radio refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to a satellite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle gt Switch on the COMAND system and select radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the currently tuned station appears in the multifunction display mO 4 1011 FM Q a Example illustration Wave band setting and stored memory position Station frequency Ben 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 128 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Selecting next or previous stored station Press button or to select a stored station gt Selecting next or previous station inthe station list Press and hold button X or A to select a station gt Selecting next or previous station in wave band Only if no station list is available Press and hold button lt 7 or Z to select a station You can only store new stations u
30. 2 11 8 1 A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Automatic transmission Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission Button for selecting park position P Park position R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position vu For more information on how to operate the gear selector lever see Automatic transmission gt page 115 gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P The transmission position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt page 118 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 111 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving and parking With SmartKey gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Gasoline engine Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 gt page 79 and release it The engine starts automatically gt Diesel engine Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 gt page 79 SR Preglow indicator la
31. 2 11 8 1 e the outboard second row seats are properly locked e the seat backrests of the outboard second row seats are in an upright position and are properly locked An outboard second row seat is properly locked only when lock status indicator Q is in hinged position and red marking is barely visible If a seat and seat backrest are not properly locked the seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold You could slide under the seat belt during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Seat unlocked When the seat is unlocked lock status indicator 1 is extended and red marking 2 is clearly visible gt When the seat is unlocked push seat backrest back until the seat audibly engages Controls in detail Fd 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Seat locked When the seat is locked lock status indicator 1 is in hinged position and red marking 2 is barely visible mbar support You can adjust the contour of the driver s seat lumbar support to help enhance support to your spine gt Curvature position Use button 1 to move the curvature up and button to move it down gt Degree of curvature Use button to lessen the curvature and button to increase it A Warning According to accident statist
32. CF or repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the multifunction display gt Press button The first number in the redial memory appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or X repeatedly until the desired number or name appears in the multifunction display gt Press button The control system dials the selected phone number Driving systems Introduction This section describes the following driving systems of your vehicle Cruise control e Distronic e Distance warning function only available with Distronic e Hill start assist system e Rear axle level control e AIRMATIC e All wheel drive 4MATIC e Parktronic system e Rear view camera The driving safety systems ABS BAS EBP and ESP are described in the Safety and security section gt page 63 Cruise control The cruise control maintains the speed you set for your vehicle automatically The use of the cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time The currently set speed or last set speed Resume function appears in the status indicator of the multifunction display e USA only e g Cruise 55 Miles 90 Km h e Canada only e g N Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain
33. Cup holder in front of second row seats Acup holder is located in front of the second row seats H Close the cup holder when not in use and Pull out cup holder in direction of arrow before folding the second row seats as far as it will go Otherwise you could damage the cup gt Closing Make sure you have removed all holder containers from the cup holder 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 203 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Push cup holder 8 in until it engages gt Close cover Q Cup holder in rear center console A cup holder is located in the rear center console between the second row seats Cup holders in third row side trims Cup holders are located in the side trims of the third row seats Z Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Useful features Sun visor Additional sun visor Vanity mirror lamp Vanity mirror cover Holder e g for gas cards Vanity mirror Mounting Controls in detail Glare through the windshield gt Flip sun visor 1 down when you experience glare Glare through a door window gt Close vanity mirror cover 4 if opened gt Disengage sun visor Q from mounting N gt Pivot sun visor Q to the side gt Adjust sun visor 1 by pushing or pulling in di
34. Decouple the trailer gt Make sure that the trailer coupling is free of load gt Turn off the engine gt page 114 Driving abroad If you plan to drive the vehicle outside the U S or Canada you should request dealer network information for your destination from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation a Maintenance Control and operation of radio transmitter Safety notes N Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Emission control Certain systems of the
35. Guide top tether strap between head restraint and top of the seat backrest gt Securely fasten hook 5 which is part of top tether strap to anchorage ring 4 Make sure e top tether strap is not twisted e the head restraint is installed and positioned such that top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest e top tether strap is positioned between the seat backrest and the cargo compartment cover blind if installed e top tether strap is positioned between the seat backrest and the cargo net if installed For safety make sure hook 5 is attached to anchorage ring 4 beyond the safety catch as illustrated gt Fold seat backrest up and push backwards until it engages audibly A Warning After installing the top tether strap make sure the seat backrest is in an upright position and is locked properly If the seat backrest is not locked properly the seat backrest could fold The child seat would 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 60 Version 2 11 8 1 no longer be supported properly or positioned to provide its intended benefit That could cause serious or even fatal injuries gt Lower the head restraint if necessary gt page 88 Make sure top tether strap 6 can pass freely between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest gt Install the child restraint system and tighten top tether strap according to the child restra
36. INTL INC a We EE OLD aan 1470 265 60 R18 80x18 220 32 cue 4800 265 60 R18 8 0x18 260 38 a mamon 10 07 wE MPV VTUM C172 E AO Wace Compact mil N00 mit P00 01 3665 31 97 PNR wel jae Q er Example certification label Canada vehicles Paintwork code VIN Data shown on certification label are for illustration purposes only These data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 345 Version 2 11 8 1 Identification labels data shown in the illustration Refer to certification label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle gt Move passenger side second row seat 4 backward as far as possible gt page 87 gt Fold carpet 6 backward in direction of arrow VIN is now visible You may have to cut perforated carpet using a sharp object e g a knife Emission control information label includes both federal and California certification exhaust emission standards VIN on lower edge of windshield Engine number engraved on engine When ordering parts please specify vehicle identification and engine number Technical data FA 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 346 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle specification R 350 251 165 Vehicle specification R 350 BlueTEC 251 125 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Cont
37. Longlife LL bulbs Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 gt Open the hood gt page 222 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 315 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing bulbs P82 10 5382 31 P82 10 5384 31 Example illustration Passenger side headlamp Bulb socket for front turn signal lamp bulb Housing cover for low beam and high Bulb socket for low beam headlamp bulb beam halogen or Bi Xenon headlamp halogen headlamps only N Warning Bulb socket for high beam headlamp Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon high beam flasher bulb headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components It is recommended to have such work done bya Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise qualified technician and remove it gt Turn bulb socket with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket Low beam bulb halogen headlamps only a lt Son ou gt Place bulb socket 3 back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages P82 10 6383 31 Bulb socket for front turn signal lamp bulb Hi
38. Safety and security u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The o
39. Starting 22 110 Turning off u 2000 0200 114 Engine Technical data see Vehicle specification Engine compartment Radiator u 224 Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil Ad dN a aae EA AG GIINGS aerruas Checking level Consumption Messages in the multifunction GISPlAY ETET Oil dipstick u Recommended engine oils and oil filter une egen ESP Electronic Stability Program 65 WEISzsn T AAE TRATE EE 65 Messages in the multifunction display egni 275 286 Trailer stabilization 66 Warning lamp ueeseesserssernneneerennennn ETD Emergency Tensioning Device Ren Safety guidelines Express operation Panorama roof cececeeeeseceeeeteeees Power windows eeceeseceeesteeeeteeees Tilt sliding sunroof Exterior lamp switch Exterior rear view mirrors 94 Fold in function 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 9 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Parking position uennersnersneersnee nenn 95 Capacity fuel tank oo eee 351 POWer folding sceseseccesevsecborseredesdocsess 95 Diesel fuel a 351 353 Exterior view of vehicle 26 Drive sensibly safe fuel 253 Fuel consumption statistics 139 Fuel filler flap and cap 221 Fastening the seat belts 49 ees a 29 305 First aid Kit oserei 270 Premium unleaded gasoline 351 353 Flat ti
40. The vehicle is lowered to the highspeed level automatically if the vehicle speed is above 70 mph 112 km h or if the vehicle speed stays between 60 mph 96 km h and 70 mph 112 km h for approximately 20 seconds When the raised level is reached indicator lamp 2 comes on continuously and the The highspeed level is not available when following message appears in the towing a trailer For more information on multifunction display for approximately towing a trailer see Trailer towing 5 seconds gt page 256 Controls in detail A The message can be cleared by pressing the ER 2 or lt 7 button on the multifunction steering wheel Obey local speed limits Use prudent Raised Level Compass driving speeds appropriate to prevailing mes NE conditions So Raised level mer Only select the raised level if appropriate for The vehicle level is set to highway level the driving situation encountered Otherwise automatically when the vehicle speed is the fuel consumption may increase and or exceeding 25 mph 40 km h the handling characteristics of the vehicle may be unfavorable Highway level You can select the raised level at speeds H Keep in mind that on rough or uneven up to 25 mph 40 km h At higher speeds roads adjusting the vehicle to a lower level the message seo Level Selection may cause the vehicle underbody to come Not Permitted appears
41. Z Warning D Pulling and holding the switch to close the Door windows door window Tle eu after it had been a blocked two times will cause the door window gt Switch on the ignition to close without any reversal function for as gt Opening closing Press or pull and hold long as you hold the switch ce switch C to to the resistance point 8 The corresponding window moves Hinged quarter windows downward or upward until you release the switch Switch on the ignition gt Opening Press switch and release Both hinged quarter windows open completely Express operation Press or pull switch C to past the resistance point and release 4 gt Closing Pull switch and release The corresponding window opens or closes i A Both hinged quarter windows close completely completely gt Stopping during express operation Press or pull the respective switch again When the obstruction sensor detects that a hinged quarter windows is blocked during Closing when a door window is blocked the closing process they will stop and open Z Warning slightly Make sure that nobody can become trapped gt Halting closing process Press or pull and be seriously or even fatally injured when switch once more during the closing closing a door window with greater force or process without automatic reversal function The hinged quarter windows will stop and open completely If the upward movement of a door
42. e the seats are properly locked e the seat backrests are in an upright position and are properly locked An outboard second row seat is properly locked only when lock status indicator Q is in hinged position and red marking is barely visible If a seat and seat backrest are not properly locked the seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold You could slide under the seat belt during braking vehicle 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 87 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 maneuvers or in an accident If you slide Seat backrest tilt outboard second under it the seat belt would apply force atthe row seats abdomen or neck That could cause serious Pn or even fatal injuries gt While seated pull adjustment handle Q in 4 direction of arrow to resistance point and Seat locked hold it there Controls in detail u When the seat is locked lock status gt To move seat backrest back lean lightly indicator Q is in hinged position and red against the seat backrest marking is barely visible gt To move seat backrest forward lean forward with adjustment handle 1 pulled Fore and aft adjustment outboard and held at resistance point second row seats The seat backrest will move forward mag against your back gt Release adjustment handle 1 when the seat backrest has reached the desired position To make sure the seat backrest has engaged lean firmly against the seat
43. gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 354 Version 2 11 8 1 additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives the use of Mercedes Benz approved additives is recommended Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for a listing of approved products Follow directions on the product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation El Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre owned or Extended Limited Warranties AdBlue AdBlue is a non flammable non toxic colorless and odorless water soluble liquid H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not blend with additives H Rinse surfaces that have come into conta
44. head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident With a third row seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail While seated reach behind you with both hands and find lower edge of the head restraint Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion to the desired position This feature allows for easier access to and exit from the vehicle s third row seats A Warning To help avoid personal injury the second row seat backrests must be properly locked either in the upright position or when using the expanded cargo volume in the fully folded position while the vehicle is in motion H 7 seat vehicles Do not use the driver s side easy entry exit feature for third row seats when the second row middle seat is in armrest position Otherwise the seat belt outlet of the second row middle seat could damage the seat backrest of the outboard seat H Vehicles with Rear Seat Entertainment Package When using the easy entry exit feature a fully raised head restraint could hit the monitor when the seat is moving forward Lower the head restraint or hold on to the sea
45. in the winter months Check with your fuel retailer 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 222 Version 2 11 8 1 Check regularly and before a long trip For information on quantities and requirements of operating agents see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 350 Check the following e Engine oil level gt page 224 e Tire inflation pressure gt page 230 e Coolant level gt page 225 e Vehicle lighting gt page 313 e Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 226 e Brake fluid gt page 227 Engine compartment Hood N Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Opening Z Warning Do not open the hood when the engine is overheated You could be seriously injured Observe the coolant temperature display to determine whether the engine may be overheated If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment move away from the vehicle Wait until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department N Warning You could be injured when the hood is open even when the engine is turned off Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool completely before touching any components on the 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 223 d2ureepe Versi
46. make sure the automatic a transmission is in park position P and the parking brake is engaged Drive to The automatic transmission cannot be shifted out of the S workshop current transmission position because of a malfunction 9 without If the automatic transmission is in drive position D a ng Without shifting the automatic transmission out of drive g position D drive to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the automatic transmission is set to position neutral position N reverse gear R or park position P gt Do not drive gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Only You have attempted to shift the automatic transmission into shift to park position P although the vehicle was still in motion P when gt Stop the vehicle vehicle iS ait standsti 11 Shift to You have attempted to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO P or N to start stop button while the automatic transmission was in start reverse gear R or drive position D engine gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P or neutral position N Make sure the brake pedal is depressed Auxiliary Malfunctio The backup battery for the automatic transmission is no Battery n longer charging Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 283 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Tires Display messages Possi
47. previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning Close attention to road and traffic conditions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not the Distronic is activated Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g astopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle The 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 146 Version 2 11 8 1 Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off the Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations the Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated The Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance from moving objects in front of it This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device coul
48. they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in a rear seat 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 38 Version 2 11 8 1 There is a possibility for a side impact air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 2 Always wear seat belts properly Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain e frontal impacts front air bags e side impacts side impact and window curtain air bags which exceed preset deployment thresholds e rollovers window curtain air bags Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The drive
49. with the front passenger seat occupied is not fastened with front doors closed e the seat belt telltale 4 remains illuminated for as long as either the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened and if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and front passenger s seat belt are fastened If you and or your passenger release the seat belt during driving the seat belt telltale amp starts flashing and the warning chime sounds as described before If the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the warning chime stops sounding the seat belt telltale stops flashing but continues to be illuminated After a vehicle standstill the warning chime is reactivated and the seat belt telltale amp _ is flashing again if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt telltale amp will only go out if both the driver s and the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened For more information see Practical hints gt page 302 Safety and security u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Saf
50. 0 1 00 Seite 18 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle Battery aan e celia aes Create Control system Identification Number VIN 344 Locking unlocking sesse 70 Lowering wheel change 329 Modifications and alterations Operating safety ccecsoesecesens 22 TOWING veccsssss ee 338 Unlocking locking manually 308 Vehicle dimensions see Vehicle specification Vehicle Identification Number VIN are 344 Vehicle jack see Jack Vehicle level control see AIRMATIC Vehicle lighting 97 Vehicle loading Cargo tie down rings essee 188 Cargo volume expanding 189 Instructions Load limit este ROOF track Terminology Vehicle maximum load on the tire 251 Vehicle specification R 350 neeen kin 346 R S50 BlueTEC 0 346 Vehicle status message memory 130 Vehicle tool kit 270 Vehicle washing see Vehicle care Vehicle weights see Vehicle specification Warning lamps see Lamps Indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function DISTOMO aan heti Driver s or passenger s seat belt 51 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 19 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Parking brake nneen 286 Parktronic system nneen 159 Seat belt telltale snrersenernecnenn 302 Warranty coverage eec 344 Washer and headlamp cleaning System 357 Washer fluid Messa
51. 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 50 Version 2 11 8 1 gt If necessary adjust the seat belt to the correct height gt page 50 gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors to secure child restraints properly For more information on special seat belt retractors see Infant and child restraint system gt page 55 To release the seat belt with seat belt release button 9 see gt page 51 Seat belt outlet height adjustment gt Raising Slide seat belt outlet height adjuster 2 upward Seat belt outlet height adjuster engages in various positions gt Lowering Press and hold release button Q gt Slide seat belt outlet height adjuster downward gt Release button C and make sure seat belt outlet height adjuster 2 engages into place 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 51 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Seat belt adjustment function The seat belt adjustment function adjusts the seat belts on both front seats to the upper body of the respective vehicle occupant The seat belt will be pulled slightly tighter for that purpose when e you engage the latch plate into the buckle and then turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 e the SmartKey in the starter switch is in position 2 and you then engage the latch plate in
52. 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Ba Coolant The coolant is too hot oe nes gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so switc gt Turn off the engine immediately engine off Engage the parking brake gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine Observe the coolant temperature in the multifunction display gt f the temperature rises again Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately During severe operation conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C N Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints A H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 200
53. 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 255 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving instructions To prevent corrosion and a reduction in the braking power of the parking brake observe the following gt From time to time lightly engage the parking brake before driving off gt Drive a distance of approximately 110 yds 100 m at a maximum speed of 12 mph 20 km h A Warning While performing this procedure please assure that the vehicle is stopped before applying the parking brake Otherwise the rear wheels could lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged Make sure not to endanger any other road users when you engage the parking brake Driving off Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached H When driving off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new
54. 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 331 Version 2 11 8 1 AdBlue diesel engine only If the engine still does not start do not make any further attempts to start the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt page 210 When the malfunction indicator lamp USA only or Eu Canada only in the instrument cluster has been illuminated for the above condition it will remain illuminated until the engine was cycled on and off four times in a row AdBlue diesel engine only The BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system requires a reducing agent AdBlue in order to function properly Refilling with AdBlue is part of the regular maintenance service work A tankful of AdBlue should suffice until the next maintenance service under normal driving conditions check engine When the AdBlue tank is low the message Check Additive See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display When the AdBlue level drops to the minimum level the message Remaining Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display When the message Remaining Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display you can start the engine 20 more times If you do not add AdBlue the engine cannot be started beyond that point Fill the AdBlue tank with approximately 1 gal 3 79 I AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 AdBlue refill containers or have the AdBlue tank filled by an author
55. 22 52 01 00 Seite 257 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Loading a trailer e When loading a trailer you should observe that neither the permissible GTW nor the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR are exceeded The GVWR is indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 Maximum permissible values are listed on the safety compliance certification labels for the vehicle and for the trailer to be towed The lowest value listed must be selected when determining how the vehicle and trailer are loaded e The tongue weight at the hitch ball must be added to the rear axle weight to prevent exceeding the rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 Mercedes Benz recommends loading the trailer in such a manner that it has a tongue weight between 8 and 10 of the GTW The weight of other accessories passengers and cargo will reduce the maximum trailer weight and tongue weight your vehicle can tow Checking weights of vehicle and trailer e To assure that the towing vehicle and trailer are in compliance with the maximum permissible weight limits have the loaded rig towing vehicle including driver passengers and cargo trailer fully loaded weighed on a commercial scale e Check the vehicle s front and rear gross axle weight the Gross Trailer Weight GTW and to
56. 22 52 01 00 Seite 27 Version 2 11 8 1 Function Starter switch Steering wheel adjustment manual Steering wheel adjustment electrical Heated steering wheel On board diagnostics OBD socket Hood lock release Parking brake release Parking brake pedal Door control panel Exterior lamp switch Combination switch Turn signals Wipers High beam Page 79 91 91 93 222 114 114 33 97 100 103 100 At a glance E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Ata glance E DES Function amp Left turn signal indicator lamp To dim instrument cluster illumination Reset button for Trip odometer Settings To brighten instrument cluster illumination Right turn signal indicator lamp Clock Speedometer with Antilock Brake System ABS indicator lamp LIM Variable speed limiter indicator lamp Page 123 123 131 123 133 300 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 28 Version 2 11 8 1 PSA 30 9611 ST Function eraxe Brake warning lamp USA only A ESP warning lamp A Distance warning lamp Brake warning lamp Canada only Combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA only Page 301 303 304 301 232 306 2 Lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running 3 Vehicles without Distronic
57. 5 and speed symbol If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed capability If a service description is given the speed capability is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capability of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed symbol in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire All season and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S 4 up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S 4 up to 118 mph 190 km h 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Index Speed rating H M S 4 up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S 4 up to 149 mph 240 km h Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake 4 marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association
58. 73 Lamps indicator and warning Checking batteries unnneeeennn 73 ABS users 28 300 Factory setting siniestra 71 72 Brakes rnrn iniri 28 301 Global locking KEYLESS Distance warning GO E SREREREIETERR 73 lamp nen 28 147 152 304 Global locking SmartKey 71 Engine malfunction 29 305 Global unlocking KEYLESS ESP innen 28 303 COren 72 73 Fog laMpS nnesnenee 99 Global unlocking Front passenger front air bag off StmartKey ncnian 71 Canada only 45 307 Important notes on KEYLESS GO 72 Front passenger front air bag off Locking unlocking 70 USA ONIY ns 42 307 Loss EAE EEE RETA AET O 73 Fuel tank reserve seee 29 305 Messages in the multifunction High beam headlamps 29 100 display zueeesnnenennnennennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 289 Instrument Cluster nnen 28 299 Opening and closing the power Low beam headlamps 29 98 tilt sliding sunroof or the Low tire pressure TPMS panorama LOOF oo eeeecesesceeeseeseteenes 108 malfunction telltale 28 306 Opening and closing the windows 108 Seat belt telltale 29 51 302 Remote control ceceseeeseessesecsees 70 SRS une 29 36 303 Replacing batteries nnnene 310 Turn signals suu seen 28 Restoring to factory setting 71 73 Language selecting 133 Selective setting anne 71 73 LATCH type child seat anchors Starter swi
59. Active The active Bi Xenon headlamp system is malfunctioning Headlamps Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Inoperativ possible D Reverse The left or right backup lamp is malfunctioning Lamp Left Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 312 or Reverse a Lamp Right P TOE Brake The left or right brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute S Lamp Left bulb is being used Z a gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 312 Brake S Lamp Right 9 amp 3rd Brake The high mounted brake lamp is malfunctioning This Lamp message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible SOE Front The left or right front fog lamp is malfunctioning Foglamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Left possible or Front Foglamp Right O arker The front left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning i amp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Front Left possible or arker Lamp Front Right DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 296 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Parking The left or right front parking lamp is malfunctioning A Lamp substitute bulb is being used Front Left Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt pag
60. Comfort submenu via the or to the Comfort submenu Settings menu gt Press button 4 or lt 7 repeatedly until the message Easy entry Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system Easy entry Function gt Press button Jor to activate On or deactivate Off the easy entry exit feature Activating deactivating seat belt adjustment feature Use this feature to set the seat belts to be adjusted automatically with the driver s or front passenger seat belt fastened and the starter switch in position 2 For more information on the seat belt adjustment feature see gt page 51 gt Press button EH or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 Move the selection marker with button or to the Comfort submenu gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Belt Adjustment appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Belt Adjustment gt Press button or to active On or deactivate Off the seat belt adjustment feature 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 138 Version 2 11 8 1 Switching fold in function fo
61. Controls in detail Transfer case The vehicle is equipped with all wheel drive 4MATIC Both the front and rear axles are powered at all times when the vehicle is being operated H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Such testing should be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 122 Version 2 11 8 1 e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible To dim instrument cluster illumination Reset button To brighten instrument cluster illumination For information on changing the instrument cluster settings e g the language see gt page 132
62. Distronic will not be capable are activated or deactivated of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain To activate or deactivate the Distronic the preset following distance which creates system see gt page 148 or see a danger of a collision gt page 150 To activate or deactivate the Distance warning function see gt page 138 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems gt Press button or EP repeatedly until one of the following two displays appears in the multifunction display Distronic deactivated When the Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard Distronic display in the multifunction display Preceding vehicle if detected Actual distance to the preceding vehicle Preset distance threshold to the preceding vehicle Your vehicle Distronic activated When the Distronic is activated you will see the set speed 2 in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds The following display appears in the multifunction display OISTRONIC ann 55 MP 300 200 100 OFt ESEEEE E se After approximately 5 seconds the currently set speed 2 appears in the status indicator of the multifunction display DTR XXX Miles Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 148 Version 2 11 8 1 Setting current or h
63. ESP switch 65 2 Seat ventilation driver s side 90 Seat heating driver s side 91 Adaptive Damping System ADS switch 153 Function Page COMAND system see separate operating instructions Climate control system 162 Rear window defroster 180 Seat heating front passenger side 91 _ Seat ventilation front passenger side 90 Vehicle level control switch 154 Program mode selector switch for automatic transmission 120 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA 42 only 307 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 45 Canada only 307 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Overhead control panel Ata glance E Lower part Function Storage compartment Ashtray with storage compartment Cigarette lighter Cup holder Front armrest storage compartment telephone tray Removable card ticket holder bottle opener 204 205 201 198 201 Overhead control panel DOES Gio 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 32 Version 2 11 8 1 Function Left front reading lamp on off Automatic interior lighting Rear interior lighting on off Front interior lighting on off Right reading lamp on off Front right interior lamp Power tilt sliding sunroof switch Power tilt sliding panel switch SOS button Tele Aid system Interior rear view mirror Reading lamps Garage door opener CR 102 102 102 102 1
64. For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument cluster gt page 28 A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature The instrument cluster is activated when you e open the driver s door e switch on the ignition e press button 1 or Opening the driver s door or pressing button 1 or without switching on the ignition activates the instrument cluster illumination only for 30 seconds 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 123 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Adjusting the instrument cluster illumination gt To brighten illumination Press and hold button 3 until the desired level of illumination is reached gt To dim illumination Press and hold button until the desired level of illumination is reached The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps With the exterior lighting switched on the brightness of the switches in the center console will also be adjusted when using button Mor Resetting trip odometer gt Make sure you are viewing the standard
65. Gross Vehicle Weight GVW is the weight of the vehicle including oie Roof rack e tools 4 For information about further roof rack e spare wheel equipment contact an authorized Mercedes e installed accessories Benz Center DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 188 Loading and storing Controls in detail W A Warning Only use the roof rack when the basic carrier bars have been completely mounted The left and right roof rails are only stabilized by means of the basic carrier bars being mounted Follow the manufacturer s installation instructions Otherwise an improperly attached roof rack system or its load could become detached from the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum roof load of 220 Ib 100 kg Take into consideration that when the roof rack is loaded the handling characteristics are different from those when operating the vehicle without the roof rack loaded Make sure e you can raise the tilt sliding sunroof or tilt sliding panel at the rear completely e you can open the tilt sliding sunroof or tilt sliding panel completely e you can open the tailgate completely gt Flip trim covers Q open gt Only attach the roof rack to the anchorage points under trim covers Q gt Observe manufacturer s instructions for installation 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 188 Version 2 11 8 1 A Warning Vehicles with Occupant Classification System OCS Do not place objects w
66. Hands free microphone 33 Mena OPEr tl nn sahen Phone book REGAINS nusei He Temperature Interior temperature 168 176 Qutside 2 0 127 133 Tether anchorage points see Children in the vehicle Tie down rings 224422204 se nennen 188 Tightening torque Wheels as sn 330 Time setting 133 TIN Tire Identification Number 250 Tire and Loading Information PlaCal 0 sn ens 236 Tire and loading terminology 248 TIREFIT 4 320 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure CIECKING BEPPRSPPEIPEPFPEFVERRTESFFEPRSBERFFECRSRR 230 Important notes ON nsss 229 Label on the inside of fuel filler Tlap n armer as 230 Placard on driver s door B pillar 236 Tire labeling Tire load rating Tire ply composition and material WS OO EER EE EEE AA AE 250 Tire pressure loss warning system 231 Tire repair kit see TIREFIT r EE AAEE eis 227 347 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS eien Air pressure Care and maintenance s s s 241 CIC AMIN esez ccssssveazessteecesecauessincsts 242 Direction of rotation spinning 240 Important notes on tire inflation PTOSSUNE anne ee 229 Inflation pressure uursenseereneennn 230 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 17 Version 2 11 8 1 Information placard sses 236 Inspection sr ee 241 Labeling un 244 Load index 24
67. Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 240 Version 2 11 8 1 For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration The maximum tire load rating Q is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support For more information on tire load rating see gt page 245 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities see gt page 237 Direction Unidirectional tires offer added advantages such as better hydroplaning performance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable temporary use restrictions and speed limitations indicated on the spare wheel nded system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 241 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the tire pressure loss warning sy
68. Purity The purity of AdBlue is of particular importance for avoiding malfunctions in the exhaust gas aftertreatment Fuels coolants lubricants etc If AdBlue is pumped out of the tank e g during repair work the same liquid must not be used to refill the tank as its purity is no longer guaranteed H Impurities caused for example by other service products cleaning agents and dust result in increased emissions malfunctions catalyst damage or engine damage Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corrosion protection H Add premixed coolant solution only Adding water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase boil over protection Refer to the Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement int
69. Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lbs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs DD Operation E 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 238 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 240 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 237 Operation 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00
70. Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 293 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Battery The battery is defective Alternator Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe Stop to do so Vehicle Engage the parking brake Do not continue to drive Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Check The engine oil level is too low engine gt Check the engine oil level gt page 224 and add engine oil oil level as required gt page 225 at next gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine refueling checked for possible leaks If the message Check engine oil level For information on approved engine oils at next refueling appears while the contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center engine is running and at operating or visit www mbusa com USA only temperature the engine oil level has dropped to
71. Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Seating capacity Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating capacity data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 237 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels P40 00 2132 31 The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity The Tire and Loading Information placard showing seating capacity 1 is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt
72. US d2ureepe The ESP will assist you in such situations The ESP recognizes when the trailer starts swaying and will apply the brakes to reduce the vehicle speed to a non critical speed that allows the vehicle trailer combination to stabilize The ESP trailer stabilization is functional at vehicle speeds above approximately 40 mph 65 km h when the ESP is switched on Z Warning The system will not be able to assist when the trailer jackknifes e if the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e on wet or icy roads e on roads with slippery surface e in sand or gravel Trailers with a high center of gravity may tip over before the system recognizes swaying of the trailer Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Activating gt With SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt With KEYLESS GO Turn off the engine and open the driver s door Deactivating gt Switch on the ignition Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer Anti theft systems In the event that the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FO
73. Warning lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 29 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 At a glance E Function Page Function Page Multifunction display with Lie Fuel filler flap indicator The fuel filler flap Trip odometer 125 3 f is located on the rear right Main odometer 125 hand side Tachometer with Multifunction display with 4 Seat belt telltale 51 Outside temperature 302 indicator or digital 00 Preglow indicator speedometer depending lamp diesel engine only Wi on selected setting in the srs Supplemental control system 127 Restraint System SRS 36 Transmission position indicator lamp 303 indicator 118 D Low beam headlamp Gear range indicator 120 indicator lamp 98 Automatic transmission Ku Engine malfunction program mode indicator 120 indicatorlamp Canadaonly 305 Distance warning function 138 ca Engine malfunction indicator 152 indicator lamp USA only 305 Rear window wiper D High beam headlamp indicator 105 indicator lamp 100 Fuel gauge with Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 305 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 30 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Press button EH or EP to select next previous menu 128 Press but
74. When driving with snow chains you may wish to switch off the ESP gt page 65 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 252 Version 2 11 8 1 Winter driving instructions A Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding shift the automatic transmis
75. a mobile phone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second You can connect your telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth see 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 141 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system separate COMAND system operating Dialing a number from the phone book instructions B When yourtelephone is ready to receive calls Switch on the COMAND system you may select and dial a number from the Refer to separate COMAND system phone book at any time operating instructions gt Press button CP or repeatedly until gt Press button or repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the the message TEL appears in the multifunction display multifunction display gt Press button 2 or lt 7 repeatedly until One of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display e No Service No network is available the desired name appears in the multifunction display If you press and hold button 4 or Controls in detail e Bluetooth Ready The telephone has X for longer than 1 second the system not been connected to the COMAND scrolls rapidly through the list of names system via Bluetooth yet until you release the button again gt Connect the telephone to th
76. access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 82 Version 2 11 8 1 Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Seat adjustment H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwel
77. air to the footwells and side air vents gt Press the desired air distribution button WALL or vd The indicator lamp in button auto goes out The automatic mode is switched off Air distribution is controlled according to the desired button 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 168 Version 2 11 8 1 Adjusting air volume gt Decreasing increasing Press button s jor The automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed is shown in air volume display Q gt page 164 When using the Voice Control System the blower speed reduces automatically When the Voice Control System is not used anymore the blower speed increases to the previously selected level Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Activating gt Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatically e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on outside temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the front door windows side air vents must be open the air conditioning compressor switches on at outside temperatures above approximately 41 F 5 C for air dry
78. amp Switch You have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch Off Lights opened the driver s door and left the headlamps on or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to o or auro gt page 97 or gt With the rear fog lamp switched on Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop o e Tail Lamp The left or right tail lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb w Left is being used w gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 312 ail Lamp T Right L Fos Corneri ng The left or right corner illuminating front fog lamp is Lamp Left malfunctioning ar gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Cornering possible Lamp Right TE Trailer The left or right trailer brake lamp is malfunctioning Brake Lamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible Boe Trailer The left or right trailer tail lamp is malfunctioning ail Lamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible Lert or Trailer Tail Lamp Right TOF Trailer The left or right trailer turn signal lamp is malfunctioning urn gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Signal Lert or Trailer Turn Signal Right DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 298 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solu
79. approved fuel do not switch on the ignition Otherwise the incorrect or non approved fuel will get into the fuel lines The fuel system must be 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe drained completely Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the fuel system drained completely H Gasoline engine To prevent damage to the catalytic converters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and potentially start a fire H Diesel engine When filling the diesel fuel tank using fuel containers place a filling filter a suede cloth or a clean flannel cloth as a filter Otherwise particles from the fuel container could clog the fuel lines and or the diesel injection system H Diesel engine The engine is more susceptible to wear and damage if you use e marine diesel fuel e heating oil e additives The exhaust aftertreatment device will be seriously damaged if you use any other diesel fuel than ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM The use of such non approved fuels and or special additives is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Gasoline engine Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can n
80. approximately the minimum level The message will be stored in the vehicle status message memory after you have cleared it from the multifunction display Visually check for oil leaks If there are no obvious oil leaks drive to the nearest service station to refill your engine oil to the required level Practical hints 5 H Engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions The fuel level is low Refuel at the next gas station ke Reserve The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark Fuel gt Refuel at the next gas station Ultra Low Vehicles with diesel engine only sul The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark Diese gt Fuel Only Refuel at the next gas station gt Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 294 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Gas Cap A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The Open fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky Check the fuel cap gt page 221 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel ca
81. are only illuminated when the rear center console is installed in the most rearward position position 0 center console base 3 Insert the tabs at rear of center console into anchorage points 4 position 1 or position 0 on rear center console base gt Guide front of rear center console 6 down towards rear center console base Rear center console must rest on rear center console base 3 Press down on front of rear center console until it audibly engages in latch position 1 or latch 2 position 0 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 201 Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features Useful features N Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be th
82. at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If the vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information
83. battery 7 with positive terminal 8 with a ea gt ee jumper cable Clamp the cable to positive Remove the jumper cables from negative terminal of charged battery first terminals and first gt Start engine of the vehicle with charged Remove the jumper cables from positive battery and run at idle speed terminals and You can now switch on the headlamps gt Slide cover from negative terminal in NOS a u direction of arrow Close cover Q of positive terminal gt Connect negative terminal of charged battery 7 with negative terminal 6 with DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Towing the vehicle gt Slide cover 5 back onto negative terminal gt Have the battery checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Towing the vehicle Safety notes Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing H To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts If circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed H Before towing the vehicle observe the following inst
84. be trapped 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 145 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems You could otherwise cause an accident and injure yourself and or others A Warning The Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle s speed distance to the preceding vehicle and most importantly brake operation to ensure a safe stopping distance always remains with the driver The Distronic cannot take street and traffic conditions into account Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the Distronic This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings Z Warning The Distronic adaptive cruise control is not a substitute for active driving involvement It does not react to pedestrians or on stationary objects nor does it recognize or predict the lane curvature or the movement of preceding vehicles The Distronic can only apply 20 of the maximum braking power of the vehicle It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to the road weather and traffic conditions Additionally the driver must provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to remain in control of the vehicle High frequency sources such as toll stations speed measuring s
85. belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap H The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight Operation E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Vehicle care N Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented A Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent e deployment of the front side impact air bags e deployment of the rear side impact air bags e activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Leather upholstery Please note that leather upholstery is a natural product and is therefore subject to a natural aging process Leather upholstery may also react to certain ambient influences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for example gt Wipe leather upholstery with a
86. blind extension 2 and cargo compartment cover blind Q in opposite directions as indicated by the arrows Guide pins must engage in guidings Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Loading and storing When not in use you can attach the blind extensions to the cargo compartment cover blind With the cargo compartment cover blind installed behind third row seats insert extension guide rail 5 into mounting gt Push blind extension into mounting 6 as far as it will go A Warning Make sure the cargo net is properly engaged at top and bottom position and the tightening belts are securely fastened Never use a damaged cargo net Always use cargo net when transporting cargo This helps to avoid personal injury from smaller objects being thrown around in the occupant compartment during a collision or sudden maneuver The cargo net cannot prevent the movement of large heavier objects into the passenger compartmentin an accident Suchitems must be properly secured using the cargo tie down rings in the cargo compartment floor Passenger use of seats behind installed cargo net is restricted because of the footwell being taken up by the net Use of the cargo net is a particularly important safety factor when the vehicle is loaded higher than the top of the seat backrests with smaller objects For your 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 196 Version 2 11 8 1
87. both wheels on the side opposite to the side on which the wheel is to be changed Changing a wheel on a slight incline Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so ona slight incline Changing wheel on passenger side example illustration gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable objects on the downhill side in front of both wheels on the side opposite to the side on which the wheel is to be changed Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 326 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 P40 10 5380 31 gt On the wheel to be changed loosen but do Attach reversible ratchet 4 to jack in not yet remove the wheel bolts such a way that the word UP can be seen approximately one full turn with wheel gt Place jack on firm ground wrench gt Position jack 3 under take up gt Assemble the jack gt page 272 bracket so that it is always vertical as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an incline a lt Sem ou PO 10538131 The jack take up brackets are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front P40 00 2138 31 pad ideed wae gt Turn ratchet up and down until jack N Warning is fully seated in take up bracket and the The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up jack base evenly meets the ground the veh
88. braking reducing steering capability only gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz u Center as soon as possible g BRAKE Release You are driving with the parking brake engaged In addition c Parking an acoustic warning sounds USA only Brak j aKe gt Release the parking brake L 2 Canada only O BRAKE Check There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Brake i i USA only an Risk of accident gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe O Level to do so oie gt Engage the parking brake gt Do not drive any further gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem A Warning Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H if you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 287 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunct
89. button lt 7 or Z on the multifunction steering wheel until the maintenance service indicator display with the service symbol amp and the maintenance service deadline appears in the multifunction display If the battery was disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or maintenance service indicator display Do not confuse the maintenance service indicator with the engine oil level indicator oa Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the maintenance service indicator in the maintenance relevant literature for your vehicle 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 262 Version 2 11 8 1 Such literature is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz H If the maintenance service indicator was reset inadvertently have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset the maintenance service indicator if the
90. cargo tie down In addition the load must be distributed so rings and if so equipped always use the cargo that the weight on each axle never exceeds netwhenjtransponting canga the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open front and rear axle The GVWR and GAWR for Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may your vehicle are indicated on the certification enter vehicle interior resulting in label located on the driver s door B pillar unconsciousness and death gt page 236 Controls in detail A rae For more information see Tire and Loading Load distribution Information gt page 237 The handling characteristics of a fully loaded vehicle depend greatly on the load distribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle according to the illustration shown The heaviest items are to be placed towards the front of the vehicle The cargo compartment is the preferred place to carry objects The expanded cargo volume gt page 189 should only be used for items which do not fit in the cargo compartment alone Please pay attention to and comply with the following instructions when loading the vehicle and transporting cargo e Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possible e The heaviest portion of the cargo should F09 01 3037 31 always be kept as low as possible against front or rear seat backrests The
91. cleaned with a high pressure water jet automatically when the engine is running and you have e switched on the headlamps and e the windshield wipers have wiped the windshield with washer fluid five times The counter resets when you switch off the headlamps For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 226 The corner illuminating front fog lamps improve illumination of the area in the direction into which you are turning The corner illuminating front fog lamps will only operate Controls in detail e in low ambient lighting conditions e at vehicle speeds below 25 mph 40 km h e with the front fog lamps switched off e when the engine is running Switching on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Z or auto or gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode gt page 99 gt Switch on the left or right turn signal depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective front fog lamp comes on If you have switched on the turn signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating front fog lamp on the side of the turn signal comes on or gt Turn the steering wheel in the desired direction Driving forward The front fog lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail L
92. climate control system A Warning When the climate control system is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off Only choose this setting for ashort time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others gt Deactivating Press button OFF The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button AUTO You can also press button on the climate control panel OFF 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 167 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe If you press button to reactivate the climate control system the defrosting mode is activated Deactivating the rear climate control from the front gt Deactivating Press button REAR The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button REAR The indicator lamp in the button goes out Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging N Warning If you switch off the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensation may drip out
93. display gt page 126 in the multifunction display gt Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 122 until the trip odometer is reset Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer gt page 29 denotes excessive engine speed H Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Control system Control system Introduction The control system is activated as soon as the starter switch is in position 1 gt page 79 The control system enables you to call up information about your vehicle and to change vehicle settings For example you can use the control system to find out when your vehicle is next due for maintenance service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster display and much more N Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second The contro
94. during the bulb self ignition is switched on have it checked and check when switching on the ignition have replaced if necessary the respective bulb checked and replaced if necessary Notes 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Brake Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 300 Version 2 11 8 1 Possible causes consequences and Solutions The ABS has detected a malfunction and switched off The BAS the ESP and the PRE SAFE are also switched off The brake system is still functioning normally but without the systems specified above available If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 274 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The ABS has switched off due to insufficient power supply The battery might not be charge
95. e third row seats Otherwise you could damage the seats Folding second row middle seat H Close the cup holder in front of the second row seats before folding the second row middle seat Otherwise you could damage the cup holder and the second row middle seat gt Lower the head restraint of the second row middle seat completely gt page 88 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 191 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing Folding outboard second row seats H When the outboard second row seats are folded forward the front seats may not be moved to the rearmost position Otherwise you could damage the front and the outboard second row seats H Close the cup holder in front of the second row seats before folding the Pig sf second row seats Otherwise you could damage the cup holder and the second row gt Pull seat backrest release strap 1 in seats direction of arrow gt Completely fold seat backrest 2 forward so that it rests on seat cushion 8 armrest position gt Move the seat to be folded to its rearmost position gt page 87 gt Remove the rear center console if so equipped gt page 200 Controls in detail u The rear center console can remain installed if installed in the most forward position gt page 200 However the cargo compartment floor will then not be an even plane nd ud r i a Armrest position gt Remove the he
96. each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced DD Operation E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels The TIN is a unique identifier The TIN facilitates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires It gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation Tire branding symbol 1 denotes that the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer s identification mark Manufacturer s identification mark denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four symbols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 227 Tire size Code 3 indicates the tire size 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 248 Version 2 11 8 1 Tire type code Tire type code may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 6
97. from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air conditioning The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning Climate control gt Press button 4 again The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer H If the air conditioning cannot be activated again this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned off Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Automatic mode When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary N Warning If you switch off the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others gt Set the desired te
98. from fogging Deactivating gt Press button once more The indicator lamp in the button goes out Defrosting is turned off The previous settings are once again in effect The air conditioning compressor remains switched on To deactivate you can also press button OFF or auro Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 104 gt Press button The indicator lamp in the button goes out Air volume and air distribution are controlled separately for each zone If the automatic air volume and air distribution are switched off AUTO 13 Canada only 3 zone automatic climate control gt Press buttons Sand z 13 x k Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press button Ey ax je gt Activating Press button The ind
99. hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature display indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove the cap on the coolant expansion tank if the coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow the engine to cool down before removing the cap The coolant expansion tank contains hot fluid and is under pressure Example illustration R 350 gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck e Using a rag slowly open the cap gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not approximately turn to relieve excess to overfill with oil pressure If opened immediately scalding Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation 2 Engine compartment hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts gt Using a rag slowly open cap 2 approximately turn to relieve excess pressure gt Continue turning cap 2 counterclockwise and remove it The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant reaches marking bar in coolant expansion tank e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher gt Add coolant as required gt Screw cap 2 back on and tigh
100. identifies the week and year of manufacture The first two figures identify the week starting with 01 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3208 represents the 32nd week of 2008 For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall I and under the tread 2 Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi kilopascal kPa or bar Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressu
101. in the vehicle one SmartKey outside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey behind when exiting and locking the vehicle no message appears in the multifunction display Possibility 2 One SmartKey in the vehicle no SmartKey outside the vehicle When exiting and trying to lock the vehicle the message Key Detected In Vehicle appears in the multifunction display The vehicle will not be locked Factory setting gt Global unlocking Grasp an outside door handle 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 73 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and unlocking Unless you open a door or the tailgate within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The antitheft alarm system will be rearmed N P80 35 2423 31 Example illustration SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Press button or onthe SmartKey Battery check lamp 1 comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey batteries are discharged If you frequently travel alone you may wish Replace the batteries gt page 310 to reprogram the SmartKey Grasping the Controls in detail gt Global locking Press lock button onan outside door handle Selective setting driver s outside door handle will then only You can obtain the required batteries at un
102. inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly Pressure below the reference value Check gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt Tres steering and braking maneuvers Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 319 Z Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Practical hints Fa Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc What to do if When you switch on the ignition all lamps except low beam headlamp indicator lamp Lamps in instrument cluster high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the m instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the If any of the following lamps in the instrument instrument cluster fails to come on when the cluster fails to come on
103. injured To interrupt the opening procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch When the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Press button S on the SmartKey You can unlock and open the tailgate simultaneously from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary Ai gt Pull remote tailgate opening closing switch Q until the tailgate begins to open While the tailgate is opening an acoustic warning sounds Closing Z Observe Safety notes see page 55 A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the tailgate with 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 79 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe the door mounted remote tailgate switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch If the tailgate comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the tailgate reopens This may happen if luggage has been piled too high for example gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 gt Press remote tailgate opening closing switch 1 until the tailgate begins to close While the tailgate is closing an acoustic warning sounds gt Inte
104. live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following gt Step 4 Press and hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successfully trained gt While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this sequence on the hand held remote control until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indicator lamp 1 will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal transmitter button previously trained follow these steps 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 215 Version 2 11 8 1 Useful fea
105. multifunction display Geer eer ee erp eee erect 297 Tar Stains seein nna 263 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 352 Brake fluidien 352 Capacities fuels coolants JUBFIGAMES CTC siceraria 350 COOlant ee eat Engine oil additives EMINE Olsen Fuel requirements Gasoline additives Identification labels 344 Premium unleaded gasoline 353 Rims and tires Spare Wheellsiesstiessinssisrssinsgerseessne Vehicle specification R 350 346 Vehicle specification R 350 BlueTEC cenene 346 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSIEM ses 351 357 Technical data dimensions see Vehicle specification Technical data electrical system see Vehicle specification Technical data engine see Vehicle specification Technical data weights see Vehicle specification Tele Ald crizeiiesiseniensdenesteeisdeikiinnn 207 Emergency calls nesses 209 Information button eee 210 Initiating an emergency call annually s scssectresceacensteceesrescoatrascsezes 209 Messages in the multifunction displayer e seen 287 Remote door unlock nsss 212 Roadside Assistance button 210 Search R SEM cacceevevecdveneevsceeeivisiees 212 SOS PUTOM unseren 209 Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 212 System self test nneenee 208 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Telephone uurmesssn nennen nenn 30 Answering ending a call 141
106. multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Language Dautsch mr gt Press button or to select the language to be used for the multifunction display messages Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt Press button or CF repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 133 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Status Line Display appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Status Line Display Speed gt Press button to select the desired setting The selected display is then shown continuously in the status indicator lower display The other display now appears in the Standard display menu gt page 126 or Time Date submenu Access the Time Date submenu via the Settings menu Use the Time Date submenu to change the time and date display settings The following functions are available e Setting the time gt page 133 e Setting the date gt
107. of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h The factory equipped tires on your vehicle may have a tire speed rating above the maximum speed permitted by the electronic speed limiter Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Technical data section gt page 347 for example when purchasing new tires If you are uncertain about the correct reading of the information given on a tire s sidewall any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to assist you 140rM S a for winter tires 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 247 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels ET For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration In addition to the load index special load identification may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the speed symbol 6 gt page 245 e No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire e Light Load designates a light load tire e C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure U S tire regulations require
108. of an outboard second row seat adjust the seat to the rear as far as possible gt page 87 and fold the seat backrest gt page 84 forward 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Seat position for removal of head restraints from outboard second row seats Removing gt Pull head restraint Q to its uppermost position gt Press release button 2 and pull out head restraint D Installing gt Insert head restraint 1 into openings on the seat backrest On the outboard second row seats the guide bar with the detent must be on the left gt Push head restraint 1 down until it audibly engages gt Push release button 2 and adjust head restraint Q to the desired position gt page 88 The head restraint of the second row middle seat and the third row seat head restraints are installed in the same manner Armrests 6 seat vehicles The second row seat armrests can be folded up when loading for example and adjusted gt Folding up Move the armrest into a vertical position until it engages gt Adjusting With the armrest folded up disengage the armrest by pushing it towards the rear slightly 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 89 Version 2 11 8 1 Fold the armrest down to the lowest and then to the desired position until it engages gt To readjust the armrest to a higher position move armrest up to the desired position until it engages To readjust the armrest to a lower pos
109. of service R 350 6 5Bx 18 H2 1 58 in 40 mm 195 75 18 106P 44 psi 3 0 bar fluids Otherwise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of children For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil R 350 BlueTEC 9 0 US qt 8 5 Approved engine ale R 350 8 5 US qt 8 0 I oe Automatic All models 9 5 US qt 9 0 MB Automatic transmission 29 Must not be used with snow chains Transmission Fluid 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 351 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Front axle All models 1 2 US qt 1 11 Hypoid gear oil Rear axle All models 1 2 US qt 1 1 1 Hypoid gear oil Transfer case All models 0 53 US qt 0 5 MB Automatic Transmission Fluid Power steering All models approx 1 3 US qt 1 21 MB Power Steering Fluid or approved Dexron III ATF Brake system All models 0 85 US qt 0 8 MB Brake Fluid Cooling system All models approx 10 0 US qt 9 51 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion x Antifreeze Fuel tank All models 21 1 US gal 80 0 I Gasoline engine S Premium unleaded Fuel tank All models approx 3 4 US gal 13 0 I gasoline Minimum en Posted Octane 91 2 Avg
110. of the winter tires installed on your vehicle Operation a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Winter driving Snow chains H Vehicles with Adaptive Damping System ADS When driving with snow chains do not select SPORT mode as this may result in damage to your vehicle H Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires make sure the use of snow chains is permissible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations gt page 347 e Use snow chains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions H if snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body or axle components The tires or the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains e Do not use snow chains on the spare wheel
111. or press the cruise control lever up or down to the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow 1 gt page 148 gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt page 148 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down past the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the cruise control lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt page 148 gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt page 148 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Controls in detail Fd 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Driving systems Setting stored speed Resume function N Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences aris
112. page 134 If your vehicle is equipped with the COMAND system and navigation module see separate COMAND system operating instructions for information on how to set the time and date Setting the time This function is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the COMAND system and navigation module DD Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Control system Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A gt Move the selection marker with button or tothe Time Date submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Clock Set Hour or Clock Set Minute s appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Example illustration for setting the hour gt Press button or or minute s to set the hours Setting the date This function is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the COMAND system and navigation module gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A Move the selection marker with button or tothe Time Date submenu gt Press button 4 or X repeatedly until the message Date Set Month Date Set Day or D
113. pages also list the approved rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equipment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your vehicle model may require the purchase of rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires This depends on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle For more information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Same size tires 19 wheels 19 wheels 20 wheels 25 Radial ply tires 26 Must be used in conjunction with Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles or tire pressure Model Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires2 2 Winter tires25 2 27 Model Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires2 Winter tires2 27 Model AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires2 Winter tires2 27 loss warning system Canada vehicles only 27 Not available as factory equipment 28 USA only 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 349 Version 2 11 8 1 Rims and tires R 350 BlueTEC 8J x 19 H2 2 64 in 67 mm 255 50 R19 107H XL Extra Load M S MOExtended 255 50 R19 107H XL Extra Load M S 4 MOExtended R 350 8 x 19 H2 2 64 in 67 mm 255 50 R19
114. park 30 km h position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e the ESP is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction e the ESP is in operation e the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems e the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After a brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last set speed Changing the set speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to avaluethatthe prevailingroad conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase or decrease the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value
115. proper maintenance service has been performed Resetting the system without performing the proper maintenance service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will result in engine damage and or other vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Notes Regular and proper care will help to maintain the value of your vehicle N Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H When cleaning the vehicle do not use scouring agents Never apply strong force and only use a soft wet cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface to be cleaned While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 263 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe attack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid pain
116. properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Such testing should be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If your brake system is only subjected to moderate loads you should occasionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads N Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 64 Parking brake When driving on wet roads or dirt covered surfaces road salt and or dirt can get into the parking brake 2009 03 23T09
117. respective button flashes until the call is concluded Emergency calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center representative All other calls can be terminated by pressing button EQ multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system on the Destination Download to the COMAND system The components and operating principles of the COMAND system can be found in the separate COMAND system operating instructions Destination Download allows you access to a database of over 10 million points of interest POls that can be downloaded to your vehicle s navigation system If you know the destination the address can be downloaded or can be provided with points of interests near your location The Response Center can transmit destination data to the COMAND system during the connection with the Roadside Assistance or Customer Assistance Center The transmitted data can contain address details for a Mercedes Benz Center or POls DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Useful features Route guidance You will be prompted to confirm that route guidance to the entered address is to be started gt Select Yes using button the COMAND system gt Press button on the COMAND system to confirm The system calculates the route and subsequently starts the route guidance
118. responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control ifthe road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 143 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems N Warning The vehicle speed displayed in the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed When the cruise control is braking the brake i g setting for the cruise control system pedal is retracted i e depressed automatically The pedals range of motion must not be impeded by any obstacles Setting current speed e Do not place any objects in the footwell Accelerate or decelerate to the desired e Make sure that the floormats and carpets speed i are securely in place gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in 5 de direction of arrow Q or press in direction e Do not rest your foot underneath the brake of
119. result in an accident and or to level 2 after approximately 5 minutes serious personal injury The seat heating switches from level 2 to level 1 low after approximately 10 minutes After approximately 20 minutes in level 1 the You can reach the steering wheel with your Make sure seat heating switches off automatically arms slightly bent at the elbows gt Switch on the ignition e you can move your legs freely gt Switching on Press respective seat all displays including malfunction and heating switch indicator lamps on the instrument cluster Three red indicator lamps in the are clearly visible respective seat heating switch Q come on 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Multifunction steering wheel gt Unlocking Pull release handle 1 out to its stop limit Move steering wheel to the desired position gt Locking Push release handle 1 back to its original position gt Make sure the steering wheel is securely locked by trying to move it up and down as well as in and out before driving off gt Adjusting steering wheel in or out Move stalk in direction of arrows 1 gt Adjusting steering wheel up or down Move stalk in direction of arrows 2 You can store the settings for the steering wheel with the memory function gt page 96 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 92 Version 2 11 8 1 This feature allows the driver an easier entry into and e
120. reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the preset parking position gt Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with adjustment button 2 so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb The exterior rear view mirror parking position is stored Calling up the parking position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the stored parking position The passenger side exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e 10 seconds after you have put the gear selector lever out of reverse gear R e immediately once your vehicle exceeds a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h e immediately when you press button N to select the driver s side exterior rear view mirror H Before you drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash fold in the exterior rear view mirrors Otherwise they may get damaged Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Memory function Folding in and out automatically The function must be activated in the fold in function for the exterior rear view mirrors of the Convenience submenu gt page 138 The exterior rear view mirrors fold in automatically as soon as the vehicle is locked from the outside
121. rubber is positioned properly gt Insert the tabs of fuse box cover 2 that are opposite of clamp 1 into the openings gt Press fuse box cover 2 down gt Close clamp H The fuse box cover must be properly positioned as described Otherwise moisture or dirt could enter the fuse box and possibly impair fuse operation gt Close the hood after checking or replacing fuses gt Opening Open the cargo compartment gt Lift the cargo compartment floor gt page 270 gt Secure cargo compartment floor with securing hook gt page 270 gt Fold cover to the left as indicated by the arrow gt Closing Install everything in reverse order If the engine cannot be turned off as described gt page 114 you may use the following emergency procedure gt Take the fuse chart from the vehicle tool kit gt page 270 gt Open the fuse box in engine compartment gt Remove fuse 120 Find its location in the fuse chart 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 343 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment 344 Parts servicen ce e 344 Warranty coverage c 344 Identification labels 344 Vehicle specification R 350 Blue MEG 251125 ee 346 Vehicle specification R 350 EN 165 peer eres 346 Rims and tires 347 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 350 Technical data u 251_AKB 4 5
122. saca indicator lamp A Warning If the 3 pass ar saca indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 307 N Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The bottom and back of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion and backrest If necessary adjust the tilt of the passenger seat backrest An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child seats BabySmart air bag deactivation system The BabySmart air bag deactivation system is standard equipment in Canada N Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child DD
123. safety always use the cargo net when transporting cargo The cargo net can be installed behind the B pillar or the C pillar e With the cargo volume fully expanded gt page 190 use holders Q behind B pillars and the cargo tie down rings in the second row footwell gt page 189 e With the cargo volume expanded in part gt page 190 use holders 2 behind C pillars and the cargo tie down rings in the third row footwell gt page 189 Open the hook and loop fasteners on the cargo net package gt Roll out the cargo net gt Unfold the cargo net gt Engage the upper cargo net bar The cargo net bar must engage audibly 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 197 Version 2 11 8 1 Installing the cargo net Cargo net installed behind the C pillar Holder Cargo net bar Red button gt Hang cargo net bar 2 on holder Q as indicated by the arrow Push cargo net bar 2 forward into holder 1 in direction of arrow Engage lower cargo net bar The cargo net bar must engage audibly Pulling the cargo net tight Belt hook attached in the third row footwell gt Hook belt hook Q into cargo tie down ring in direction of arrow gt Pull tightening belt by the loose end in direction of arrow until the cargo net is pulled tight After driving a short distance make sure the cargo net is still tight and if necessary pull it tight again
124. side in the cargo compartment behind the cover gt Open the tailgate gt page 75 gt Open the cover on the passenger side trim panel gt page 317 gt Pull red fuel filler flap release 1 in direction of arrow The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap gt page 220 gt Close the cover gt Close the tailgate Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints If the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered in a rear end collision they must be reset You can tell that the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered when they have been moved forward and cannot be adjusted A Warning For safety reasons have the NECK PRO active front head restraints checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end collision 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 310 Version 2 11 8 1 N Warning When pushing back the head restraint cushion make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failing to do so may lead to injury Pressing the head restraint cushion back requires high force If you encounter difficulties when pushing the head restraint back please have the procedure performed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Pull the top of the head restraint cushion in direction of arrow as far as it will go gt Adjust the head restraint cushion downward in direction of a
125. the SmartKey present in the vehicle Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button without depressing the brake pedal corresponds to the various starter switch positions gt page 79 Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the brake pedal firmly depressed will start the engine gt page 110 The KEYLESS GO start stop button can be pulled out of the starter switch easily Youcan then insert the SmartKey into the starter switch The KEYLESS GO start stop button does not need to be removed from the starter switch when you leave the vehicle However always take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle As long as 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 80 Version 2 11 8 1 the SmartKey is in the vehicle the vehicle s electrical systems can be switched on or the engine can be started using the KEYLESS GO start stop button KEYLESS GO start stop button Starter switch gt Insert the KEYLESS GO start stop button into the starter switch if not inserted already gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Do not depress the brake pedal KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status O as with SmartKey removed 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Position 1 Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once This supplies power for some electri
126. the AdBlue refill container down the filling process is stopped and you can remove the refill Safetymotes container A battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated service DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Fi life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short distance trips you will need to have the battery charge checked more frequently When replacing a battery always use a battery approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe A Warning Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and faceguard Wear eye protection Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physician if necessary Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual A battery contains materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly A large 12 V storage battery contains lead 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 334
127. the front passenger is properly PASS AIR BAG Q3 positioned A Warning If the 3 pass ain sasaa indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger reposition himself or herself in the seat until the amp Pass areas indicator lamp goes out or check whether objects are caught under or around the seat In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front passenger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the 3 indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is classified as being empty the indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated PASS AIR Bac O3 PASS AIR Bac Q3 251_AKB d2ureepe
128. the tilt sliding sunroof due to a malfunction contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding sunroof when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty You can also open or close the tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO function see Summer opening feature gt page 108 and Convenience closing feature gt page 108 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof for up to 5 minutes Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Power tilt sliding sunroof Sunroof switch Raising Opening Closing With the sunroof closed or raised you can slide the sunroof screen forward and back Sunroof screen gt Switch on the ignition Opening gt Opening manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To open the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sun
129. the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or shift the 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 114 Version 2 11 8 1 automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Releasing Pull on release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the brake warning lamp prae USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out gt Engaging Step on parking brake pedal 2 firmly When the engine is running the brake warning lamp eraxe USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster comes on g Off the engine A Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle If the engine cannot be turned off as described see Emergency engine shutd
130. them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You could lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim Operation u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Tires and wheels e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km
131. three times High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Z gt page 97 gt Switching on Push the combination switch in direction of arrow Q The high beam headlamp indicator lamp D in the instrument cluster comes on gt Switching off Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow to its original position Also note the information on high beam headlamps with activated automatic headlamp mode gt page 98 or the daytime running lamp mode gt page 99 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 101 Version 2 11 8 1 Lighting High beam flasher gt Switching on Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The hazard warning flasher comes on automatically when an air bag deploys gt Switching on Press hazard warning flasher switch All turn signal lamps are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on gt Switching off Press hazard warning flasher switch again If the hazard warning flasher has been activated automatically press hazard warning flasher switch Q to switch it off The headlamps will be
132. to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure For information on wheel change see Flat tire gt page 319 Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 244 Version 2 11 8 1 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 242 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 247 Maximum tire load gt page 240 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 235 Manufacturer Tire ply material gt page 248 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 245 Load identification gt page 247 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 347 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 245 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels Tire size designation load and speed As
133. unlocking Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press tailgate closing switch or press and hold button S onthe SmartKey until the tailgate begins to close If the tailgate comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the tailgate reopens This may happen if luggage has been piled too high for example Closing the tailgate and locking the vehicle from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO Observe Safety notes see page 55 A Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closingthe tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press or pull the remote tailgate opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press the tailgate closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e Pull outside handle on the tailgate e When no SmartKey is inserted in the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking have status 0 Press button SmartKey on the gt You can close the tailgate and lock the vehicle simultaneously from the outs
134. until the Navigation menu appears in the multifunction display The message shown in the multifunction display depends on the status of the navigation system e With the COMAND system switched off the message NAVI Off appears in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions appear in the multifunction display 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 129 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Please refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system The AIRMATIC Compass menu displays the AIRMATIC messages and the direction into which you are currently driving gt Press button or Z repeatedly until one of the following messages appears in the multifunction display Vehicles without AIRMATIC Compass E Vehicles with AIRMATIC HIRMHTIC Compass So NE For information on AIRMATIC see AIRMATIC gt page 153 For information on the compass see Compass gt page 216 Use the Distronic menu to display the current settings for your Distronic system The information shown in the multifunction displa
135. up armrest Two coin holders 4 are located in front of telephone tray 3 gt Opening Press button under armrest and lift up armrest A storage compartment is located in front of the second row seats Storage compartments are located on the The upper storage compartment may be side trims of the third row seats replaced by a control panel for example in i vehicles with rear automatic climate control gt page 162 Third row storage compartments 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Loading and storing 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 200 Version 2 11 8 1 If your vehicle is equipped with a 3 zone automatic climate control the storage compartments are replaced by adjustable air vents gt page 164 The rear center console is located between the second row seats The rear center console contains a storage compartment gt page 199 and a cup holder gt page 203 When fully expanding the cargo compartment the rear center console has to be removed from the vehicle in order for the cargo compartment floor to be an even plane gt page 190 Controls in detail Removing N Warning Remove all containers that may be stored in the cup holder of the rear center console Otherwise liquids could spill on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment Hot liquids spilled on vehicle occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered b
136. vapors will cause burning eyes nose and throat as well as coughing and watering eyes H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not add additives to AdBlue and do not dilute AdBlue with 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 332 Version 2 11 8 1 water Otherwise the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system could be damaged Damage caused by using additives or diluting with water are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with AdBlue or remove AdBlue with a moist cloth and cold water immediately If AdBlue has crystallized already use cold water and a sponge AdBlue residues will crystallize and soil the affected surfaces H AdBlue is not a fuel additive and must not be added to the diesel fuel tank If AdBlue reaches the diesel fuel tank the engine could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For more information on AdBlue see gt page 354 The AdBlue filler neck is located under the cargo compartment floor gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the tailgate gt page 75 gt Lift the cargo compartment floor gt page 270 gt If so equipped remove wheel wrench 2 and reversible ratchet for jack gt Turn AdBlue filler cap cover counterclockwise and remove it 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 333 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Battery g
137. vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Z Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Practical hints F Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Symbol messages Brake Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Brake Wear The brake pads have reached their wear limit gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible H Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 286 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions EBV ABS The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a USA only ESP malfunction the ABS the BAS the EBP the ESP and the Y Inoperativ PRE SAFE system are unavailable 5 ee gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock Canada ean during hard
138. water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5 months depending on the climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 264 Version 2 11 8 1 approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Hand wash gt Do not use hot w
139. when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service orthe use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time March 27 2009 GSP OIS Printed in U S A 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 362 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1
140. your COMAND system System self test The system performs a self test after you have switched on the ignition A Warning A malfunction in the system has been detected if any or all of the following conditions occur e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button 3 does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Information button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the SOS button Roadside Assistance button or Information button remains illuminated constantly in red after the system self test e The message Tele Aid Inoperative or Tele Aid Not Activated appears in the multifunction display after the system self test Ifa malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 209 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features Emergency calls N Warning H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a f the indicator lamp in the SOS button is subscriber agreement must be compl
141. 02 102 181 184 209 94 102 213 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 33 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Door control panel Function Page Door control panel Hands free microphone for Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and Voice Control System see separate operating instructions At a glance E Front left interior lamp 102 Function Page Inside door handle 74 Central locking unlocking switch 74 Exterior rear view mirror adjustment 94 Selection buttons for exterior rear view mirror adjustment 94 Power folding exterior rear view mirrors 95 Switches for opening closing front and rear door windows 106 Rear door window override switch 62 Hinged quarter window switch 106 Remote tailgate release switch power tailgate 78 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 34 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 35 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment 36 Occupant safety enen 36 Panicalanrm e 62 Driving safety systems 63 Anti theft systems 0 67 Safety and security 7 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security E Occupant safety Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your veh
142. 09 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 308 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Unlocking locking manually A Warning than a small individual on the front passenger If the 3 ass areas indicator lamp seat do not have any passenger use the front illuminates and remains illuminated with the passenger sezi until the system has been weight of a typical adult or someone larger repaired Problem Possible causes consequences and Solutions USA only The system is malfunctioning Be Pass ar exc a gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat The front passenger and check installation of the child seat front air bag off gt Make sure no objects applying supplemental weight onto the indicatorlampdoesnot seat are present illuminate and or does not remain illuminated with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight gt f the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired gt Read and observe messa
143. 09 22 52 01 00 Seite 1 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and will provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A Daimler Company 2515843082 I JJINIINNINIININNNNIMIN IN 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 2 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 3 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 4 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 206 115V AC Socket
144. 1 again or gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Driving safety systems Introduction This section contains information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e BAS Brake Assist System EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning ESP Electronic Stability Program In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of most of the driving systems described in this section is only 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite
145. 107H XL Extra Load M S 255 50 R19 107H XL Extra Load M S A R 350 Appearance Package 8 5 J x 20 H2 2 36 in 60 mm 265 45 R20 108H XL Extra Load M S 265 45 R20 108H XL Extra Load M S 4 Technical data u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Fuels coolants lubricants etc Spare wheel 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 350 Version 2 11 8 1 El Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires The R 350 BlueTEC does not have a spare wheel Model Rim Wheel offset Collapsible tire Recommended tire inflation pressure Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore only use products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz For information on tested and approved products contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing
146. 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Safety and security iz 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security El Occupant safety A Warning Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result gt With asmooth motion pull the seat belt out of seat belt outlet Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate 2 into buckle until it clicks Seat belt adjustment function The seat belts on both front seats adjust to the upper body automatically as necessary gt page 51 2009
147. 2 When you open the driver s door after an Indicator lamp goes out accident has occurred the steering column moves up The position of the SmartKeyinthe Indicator lamp flashes or goes out in starter switch is insignificant This function case of power surge or undervoltage or if facilitates exiting as well as rescue of vehicle the steering wheel heating malfunctions occupants The crash responsive exit aid can only be The steering wheel heating switches off triggered when the easy entry exit feature is automatically when you remove the activated via the control system SmartKey from the starter switch or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition and open the driver s door The steering wheel heating warms up the For more information on the steering wheel leather area of the steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel gt page 123 Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic conditions 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Adjust the interior rear view mirror manually Interior rear view mirror antiglare position 7 gt Tilt the mirror to the antiglare position by moving lever Q towards the windshield The interior rear view mirror is dimmed P66 40 2149 31 A Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror
148. 2 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Identification labels Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts should be installed H Do not use non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz Doing so could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Also it could compromise the vehicle s durability or Safety Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in 19 Applicable to vehicles with gasoline engi
149. 2 01 00 Seite 91 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel Continue pressing respective seat heating switch 1 until desired seat heating level is reached gt Switching off Press respective seat heating switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps 2 go out If one or more of indicator lamps 2 in respective seat heating switch 1 are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off automatically The seat heating will switch back on again The switches for the outboard second row automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is seat heating are located in the rear center available console Front seat heating switches Controls in detail Fd Multifunction steering wheel N Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving or driving without the steering wheel adjustment feature locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Rear seat heating switches The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended The red indicator lamps 2 in front or rear seal heating switch come on to show in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked which heating level you have selected vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a The seat heating switches from level 3 high vehicle could
150. 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 1 Mercedes Benz R Class Operator s Manual 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 2 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Symbols Trademarks e AdBlue is a registered trademark of the German Association of the Automotive Industry VDA e BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company e SIRIUS and related marks are trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt gt gt page DD Display This symbol points to instructions for you to follow A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page Text in displays such as the control system are printed in the type shown here 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T
151. 3 Symbol messages 285 Text messages Trip computer Vehicle status message memory Vehicle system settings DIStFONIG cs escceccesesisieeseinesssaceersess Cleaning system sensor cover 265 Control system uuernnnnessenersnenen een 129 Distance warning function 152 Distance warning lampe 147 304 Driving With ee 151 Meilen 147 Messages in the multifunction display 280 Resume TUNCLION 00esesveseceseovssevss 150 SENSOr COVER innen 265 Speed settings s scicsciscecssscsacctessees 149 Door control panel eee eee 33 Door handles 44 4 33 Doors Child safety locks 0 61 Locking unlocking KEYLESS GO 71 Locking unlocking SmartKey 70 Messages in the multifunction display ki en 289 Opening from inside nune 74 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 212 Unlocking Mechanical key 308 DOT Department of Transportation 44 249 Drinking and driving 253 Driving ADTOad 1 4 Hydroplaningaa 2 InStru ti nS zeessssssnnsesssersenssness Inwinter a Problems Safety systems SYSTEMS scere ter cernes Through standing water With Distronic s2008air Driving and parking Safety Notes 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Driving Off u Driving safety systems AETS una aai ABSen a BAS een s na BBP ea
152. 3 66 in 92 90 mm Stroke 3 39 in 86 00 mm Total piston 2 orc Ulin displacement 3498 cm 21 Data apply to unladen vehicle with standard equipment Data may vary in vehicles equipped with AIRMATIC depending on the selected damping settings and the current vehicle level 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 347 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Rims and tires Engine R 350 Main dimensions R 350 Compression 10 7 1 Track front 64 7 in 1643 mm tio Be Track rear 64 4 in 1636 mm Output acc to 268 hp 6000 rpm 3 SAE J 134922 200 kW 6 000 rpm Ground 5 8 in 148 mm clearance Maximum torque 258 Ib ft k 7 acc to SAEJ 1349 2400 5000 rpm Turning circle 40 7 ft 12 4 m 350 Nm 2400 5000 rpm Weights R 350 Maximum engine 6 500 rpm Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg speed Firing order 1 4 3 6 2 5 S Poly V belt 2404 mm T Notes Electrical system R 350 H Only use tires which have been tested and S approved by Mercedes Benz Tires c Alternator 14 V 180 A approved by Mercedes Benzare developed 5 Starter motor 12 V 1 A kW to provide best possible performance in conjunction with the driving safety systems Battery 12 V 70 Ah on your vehicle such as the ABS or the ESP Tires specially developed for your k pl Bosch Y 7 MPP Spark plugs type ase 32 vehicle and tested and approved by Spark plugs 0 031 in 0 8 mm Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding electrode gap the following on the tire s sidew
153. 310 You cannot remove the NECK PRO active front head restraints Z Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation For information on head restraint adjustment see Head restraint height gt page 83 or DD Safety and security E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 54 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety see Head restraint fore and aft adjustment D page 83 N Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle vehicle is put into motion e seat adjustment e head restraint adjustment e steering wheel adjustment Safety and security u e rear view mirror adjustment e fastening of seat belts Steering wheel N Observe Safety notes see page 91 Position steering wheel 1 properly See gt page 92 for manual adjustment and gt page 92 for electrical adjustment control the following must be done before the Make sure e You can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e You can move your legs freely e All displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster
154. 340416531 adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the The rear automatic climate control allows vehicle interior that are not in the immediate separate climate settings for the rear area of unprotected skin compartment 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 163 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Overview of climate control system functions and air vents For best possible performance ofthe climate Side air vents control gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris gt Always keep all air vents and grilles in the passenger compartment free from obstruction For draft free ventilation move the adjustable center and side air vents to the middle position Example illustration driver s side Center air vents Left side defroster air vent fixed Left side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left side air vent Controls in detail N gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel upward or downward Rear center console air vents Left center air vent adjustable Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left center air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels and upward or downward Rear climate control panel Right rear center air vent adjustable L
155. 5 249 Load rating scsi cierres 249 Messages in the multifunction display cissecsceesssetsstsccaeschessesess 283 298 MOEXtended ceeesscesesseceeteeees 347 Ply composition and material USO ana 250 Problems under overinflation 230 Retre ds unseres 227 Rims and tires technical data 347 ROL ON sea Service life SIZES ehe Snow chains neseeeeneseeneennenen 252 Speed Tating sirist 246 250 StOFINB nnnenecnsneseen 242 Temper ture 0s 0 229 243 Terminology ueeenenesnneesenernneeenen nenn 248 TIREFIT tire repair kit 320 Tire Identification Number 250 Tire pressure loss warning system 231 TPMS low tire pressure malfunction telltale 306 Traction 242 250 Tr ad evsvsssccucesesstssseucnececceseesevenseseees 251 Tr ad Gepth csscsscesscsussseissszerase 241 251 TreadWear css 242 Treadwear indicators 241 251 Vehicle maximum load on 251 Wear pattern sscccsctssccessisdotascessicesctes 243 Winter tires eeeeeeeeesesnneneeeneennn 251 347 Tire speed rating 246 250 Tongue Weight Rating see TWR Top tether see Children in the vehicle Total load limit 250 Towing Towing eye Dolt u 338 Tra ller assssssess ernster Vehicle Towing eye bolt e 338 Traction u 242 250 Trailer towing u 119 256 Coupling a trai
156. 63 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving safety systems achieved with winter tires or snow chains as required Safety notes A Warning The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driving safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear ABS N Observe Safety notes see page 63 A Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS DD Safety and se
157. 9 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 292 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions WES Coolant The poly V belt could be broken Stop Car Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so oie gt Turn off the engine immediately oft Check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 7 gt If itis intact Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine 2 damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty a gt Observe the coolant temperature in the multifunction O display 5 Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately DEN The radiator cooling fan is malfunctioning gt Observe the coolant temperature in the multifunction display If the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible The battery is no longer charging Possible causes e alternator malfunctioning e broken poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronic system gt
158. A LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year Roadside Assistance will be provided in accordance with standard program guidelines which include providing service to the vehicle up to a reasonable distance from a paved roadway We will make every effort to assist in a breakdown situation however the accessibility of your vehicle will be determined by our authorized Mercedes Benz Center technician or the tow service provider on a case by case basis and may be a factor in our ability to respond Additional charges may be applicable for a breakdown location determined not to be a reasonably accessible roadside location as DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 22 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Introduction dete
159. AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Driving instructions When using the engine s braking power a drive wheel may not spin for an extended period of time e g on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Continuous or hard braking A Warning Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Wet roads A Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected brake effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet or salt covered roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes Salt covered roads A Warning A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resultin
160. B 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 171 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 3 zone automatic climate control Function Recommendation Notes Temperature control driver s Set the temperature to 72 F gt page 176 side 22 C Air distribution and air volume Switches on the automatic gt page 176 automatic mode mode The indicator lamp in button auto comes on Front defroster Keep this setting selected gt page 178 only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Controls in detail A Increasing air volume gt page 178 Air distribution directs air gt page 177 through the windshield and side air vents AC cooling on off Switches on the air gt page 175 conditioning The indicator lamp in button X comes on Residual heat ventilation With the engine turned off it gt page 180 is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior Temperature control passenger Set the temperature to 72 F gt page 176 side 22 C Operating the rear climate gt page 175 control from the front Air distribution directs air gt page 177 through center and side air vents Air distribution directs air gt page 177 through the footwells and side air vents Air volume display Decreasing air volume gt page 178 3 Rear window defroster gt page 180 Air recirculation Only use this function fora gt page 179 sho
161. Certain warning and malfunction messages are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the Vehicle status message memory menu in the control system page 130 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the multifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 122 or button AlS Z or EH on the multifunction steering wheel Other messages of high priority and messages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button or button A U ER or on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 130 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the message to appear N Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injury
162. DS switch Q repeatedly until the desired suspension tuning is reached The setting remains stored when you turn off the engine Vehicle level control Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height The all around vehicle level control provides best possible suspension and constant ground clearance The vehicle lowers at high speed automatically in order to increase driving safety and to reduce fuel consumption Changes to the vehicle level should be made while the vehicle is moving The vehicle will then reach the set level as fast as possible When you park the vehicle and the ambient temperature changes the vehicle level may change visibly When the temperature drops the vehicle lowers When the temperature rises the vehicle raises The vehicle begins adjusting to the set vehicle level as soon as the doors or tailgate are unlocked or opened or closed with the vehicle unlocked For major changes in vehicle level the engine must be running A Warning Make sure no one is near the wheel housing or under the vehicle when you lower the vehicle while it is standing still Limbs could become wedged into or under the vehicle For safety reasons the vehicle can only be lowered with all doors and the tailgate closed Lowering is interrupted if a door or the tailgate 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 154 Version 2 11 8 1 is opened and will continue after the door is closed again H Keep in mind that on rough
163. Door windows Hinged quarter windows Ses J 01 17 1110 E E E Rear door window override Synchronizing BR Practical hints Preglow indicator lamp 29 111 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 14 Version 2 11 8 1 PRE SAFE lerrr 52 Messages in the multifunction diS playse itenei erste 276 Problems Whllediiving essseseiteseer te With vehicle Product information Production options weight Program mode selector switch Automatic shift program 120 Proximity key see Key SmartKey PSI air pressure unit 250 Radiator ccccccessseseceeeeeees 224 251 Radio Selecting stations u nne eeeeees 128 Radio transmitters 260 Rain sensor see Intermittent wiping Rear axle oil cccccesessceeeeeeeeeeees 351 Rear center console 200 Rear doors Child safety locks seeen 61 Rear door window Override switch ceeenen 62 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear seat ashtray see Ashtrays Rear seats see Seats Rear view camera ne 159 Cleaning the camera lens 266 Rear window defroster 180 Rear window wiper washer 105 Recommended tire inflation PROSSUMG cserepes raira 228 250 Refilling AdBlue nnneeaseesnnennnnnannnnennnnennnnnnn 332 Refrigerant air conditioning
164. FF multifunction display Settings can only be made with engine off gt Press button or to switch the For safety reasons resetting all the functions locator lighting function On or Off of all submenus to the factory settings while driving gt page 131 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auto when exiting the vehicle The locator lighting feature is activated Switching locator lighting on or off With the locator lighting feature activated the exterior lamp switch in position auto and the interior lighting in automatic mode the following lamps will come on during darkness when the vehicle is unlocked using button o on the SmartKey Switching night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature on or off Use this function to set whether you would like the exterior lamps to remain on for 15 seconds during darkness after exiting the vehicle and closing all doors e Parking lamps e Tail lamps DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Control system With the headlamps delayed shut off feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position auto before the engine is turned off the following lamps will come on when the engine is turned off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamp
165. R MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the tailgate e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is closed immediately The alarm system will also be triggered when e the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key e a door is opened from the inside To cancel the alarm after it has been triggered see Canceling the alarm gt page 68 if the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system initiates a call to the Response Center automatically The Tele Aid system will initiate the call provided that e you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service e the Tele Aid service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS coverage are available Safety and security iz 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Anti theft systems gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times a door or the tailgate may not be properly closed Close the respective element gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO T
166. S d2ureepe a lt T lt ou P4010 5387 21 gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly following the diagonal sequence illustrated to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 110 lb ft 150 Nm N Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 Ib ft 150 Nm gt Fully collapse the jack to storage position see gt page 272 gt Store the jack and the other vehicle tools in the designated storage space For information on storing the spare wheel after it has been replaced by a regular road wheel see gt page 272 The damaged road wheel cannot be stored in the spare wheel well under the cargo compartment floor It should be transported in the cargo compartment wrapped in a protective wrap USA only Do not restart the tire inflation pressure monitor until a full size wheel tire with functioning sensor has been placed back into service on the vehicle MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 330 Version 2 11 8 1 You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 231 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 232 The maximum distance in emergency mode depe
167. Version 2 11 8 1 gt Raising Manually adjust the height of head restraint Q by pulling it upward to the desired position gt Lowering Push release button and press down on head restraint Q The head restraint of the second row middle seat and the third row seat head restraints are adjusted in the same manner The tilt of the second row head restraints is adjusted in the same manner as the front seat head restraints see Head restraint adjustment gt page 83 The tilt of the head restraint of the second row middle seat and the third row seat head restraints cannot be adjusted Head restraints removing and installing A Warning Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints installed when the rear seats are occupied Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident With the second row middle seat or a third row seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation When removing or installing the head restraint
168. Version 2 11 8 1 Recycling of the battery is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept the old battery for recycling N Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc N Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Take care that you do not become statically charged e g by wearing synthetic clothing or rubbing against textiles For this reason you also should not pull or push the battery over carpets or other synthetic materials Never touch the battery first First touch the outside body of the vehicle in order to release any possible electrostatic charges Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths The battery could explode if touched due to electrostatic charge or due to spark formation H The battery is a Valve Regu
169. a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold gt page 228 Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire gauge and check against the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure gt If you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Tire pressure loss warning system Canada only While the vehicle is being driven the tire pressure loss warning system monitors the set tire inflation pressures by evaluating each wheel s rotational speed This allows the system to detect a significant loss of pressure in a tire If awheel s rotational speed changes due to falling tire inflation pressure you will 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 231 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and
170. a lens see Cleaning the rear view camera lens gt page 266 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 161 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems Switching on off Red guideline indicates an approximate e ante distance of 10 in 0 25 m from the rear of the gt i a Se a ene tne ee enim vehicle Yellow guidelines 2 indicate an gt Switch on the COMAND system approximate distance of 3 ft 1 m from the gt Shift the automatic transmission to reverse rear of the vehicle Blue guidelines gear R indicate the approximate width required for The COMAND system display will show the i To the vehicle area behind the vehicle with guidelines The image from the rear view camera will N Warning no longer be displayed if you select another Please note that objects which do not touch function on the COMAND system while the ground may appear to be further away reverse gear R is engaged To display the than they actually are for example image again disengage and reengage e the bumper of a vehicle parked behind you reverse gear R e a trailer hitch gt Switching off Shift the automatic transmission into park position P neutral position N or drive position D Controls in detail e the back of a truck In such cases you should not use the guidelines to judge the distance You may misjudge the distance which increases the risk of impacting the objects Even when the objec
171. a residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm e Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced PRE SAFE has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners in addition to the pyrotechnic ETDs e Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts e Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS e Do no change or remove any component or part of the SRS e Do not install additional trim material seat covers badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 39 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety cover outboard sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims Do not install additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed Air bag system comp
172. a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury start stop button once The engine preglows and starts automatically You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle Starting difficulties If the engine is at operating temperature the time the engine needs to preglow is reduced H Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Driving and parking The engine does not start You can hear the starter There could be a malfunction in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system Carry out the following steps gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and repeat the starting procedure gt If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detection of the SmartKey or gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the KEYLESS GO function gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The engine does not start You cannot hear the s
173. accordingly gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 101 H Keep in mind that it is important to have the ignition switched on Removing the SmartKey from the starter switch or opening a front door with the ignition switched off will automatically shift the automatic transmission into park position P H The vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h While being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use use the combination switch in the usual manner to signal turns Only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warning flasher will operate again Stranded vehicle Freeing a stranded vehicle on which the wheels are dug into sand or mud should be done with the greatest of care especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded Note the following when freeing a stranded vehicle e Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly or diagonally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment e Never try to free a vehicle that is still coupled to a trailer e If possible a vehicle equipped with a trailer hitch receiver should be pulled back
174. act an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine R 350 BlueTEC Engine type 642 Mode of operation Diesel 4 stroke engine No of cylinders 6 Bore 3 27 in 83 00 mm Stroke 3 62 in 92 00 mm Total piston 182 3 cu in displacement 2987 cm Compression 16 5 1 ratio Output acc to 210 hp 3 400 rpm SAE J 1349 157 kW 3 400 rpm Maximum torque 400 Ib ft acc toSAEJ 1349 1600 2400 rpm 543 Nm 1600 2400 rpm Maximum engine 4500 rpm speed Firing order 1 4 2 5 3 6 Poly V belt 2035 mm Electrical system R 350 BlueTEC Alternator 14 V 220 A Starter motor 12 V 2 0 kW Battery 12 V 95 Ah 20 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Main dimensions R 350 BlueTEC Overall vehicle 203 7 in 5 173 mm length Overall vehicle 85 4 in 2 168 mm width Overall vehicle 65 5 in 1663 mm height Wheelbase 126 6 in 3215 mm Track front 64 7 in 1643 mm Track rear 64 4 in 1636 mm Ground clearance 5 8 in 148 mm Turning circle 40 7 ft 12 4 m Weights R 350 BlueTEC Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Vehicle specification R 350 251 165 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine R 350 Engine type DYD Mode of operation 4 stroke engine gasoline injection No of cylinders 6 Bore
175. activation SYSTEM c cxcccsscececscsesesesececeeseessucsacesvess 45 Child safety locks rear doors 61 Child seat anchors LATCH type 60 Indicator lamp front passenger front air bag off Canada only 45 Indicator lamp front passenger front air bag off USA only 42 Infant and child restraint systems 55 OCS Occupant Classification SYStEM une Overfide swilchississseissesteessessiuiesstiee Safety MOLES eceenerierinieeseseeesen Tether anchorage points Topitether ass Child safety see Children in the vehicle Child seat anchors LATCH type see Children in the vehicle Chrome plated exhaust tip cleaning usesssenssnene 268 Cigarette lighter 205 Climate control system sa 162 3 zone automatic climate control 170 Air conditioning seee 167 175 Air conditioning refrigerant 352 Air distribution c cccceeeees 168 177 Air recirculation mode 169 179 Air volume srn 168 178 Automatic Mode 000008 167 176 Climate Control uceeeeseseeseseisessereenee 164 Deactivating system 166 175 Front defroster 168 178 Residual heat and ventilation uceseeeenenneeeennnen 170 180 Temperature 168 176 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 6 Version 2 11 8 1 Gl ckner 28 133 Cockpit 2 u 2a 27 Cold tire inflation pressure 249 Coll
176. ad restraint from the respective second row seat gt page 88 gt Pull seat release strap in direction of arrow The seat is released and flips up and forward gt Push down on seat 5 until it engages gt Place the head restraint on seat cushion 2 gt Relieve the load on seat backrest 1 and pull release lever 3 past the resistance Folded position DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe me an e Sem c fe O Loading and storing point in direction of arrow as far as it will go Seat and seat backrest Q are unlocked gt Fold seat backrest 1 forward until it fully rests on seat cushion 2 in a horizontal position mn gt Push down on folded seat backrest 1 until seat cushion 2 engages in seat base Folding third row seats gt Lower the head restraints of the third row seats completely The third row head restraints are adjusted in the same manner as the head restraints of the second row seats gt page 88 gt Place seat belt in seat belt holder Q gt Pull release handle 2 on seat backrest in direction of arrow Seat backrest 3 is released 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 192 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Slowly move seat backrest 3 forward Seat cushion 7 is released and folds forward automatically Strap serves to pull up the seat backrest when bringing the third row seats back to their original position
177. ading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 232 Version 2 11 8 1 N Warning The tire pressure loss warning system can only warn you in a reliable manner if you have set the correct tire inflation pressures for each tire If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure according to the incorrect value gt Switch on the ignition gt Make sure the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 126 gt Press button 7 or Z on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Active Menu R Button gt Press the reset button gt page 122 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart Run Flat Indicator gt If you wish to confirm Press button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Restarted After a certain learning phase the tire pressure loss warning system checks the set pressure values for all four tires gt If you wish to cancel Press button Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS USA only Your v
178. ae ee ESP se ee ee Driving systems ARMATI C esteeseen 153 All wheel drive 4MATIC 156 Cruise control 142 Distr nie ausser 145 Hill start assist system we 153 Parktronic system seee 156 Rear view camera ueeesenne 159 Driving tips automatic transmission a 119 E Easy entry exit feature 92 137 EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning 64 Electrical system Improper work on or modifications sesiis siiis 22 Power outl amp ts esisssressesksenetsieskeenhenn 206 Electrical system Technical data see Vehicle specification Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Traction System see 4 ETS Emergency in case of Firstaid Kitas 270 Flattire san anne 319 Hazard warning flasher 101 Roadside Assistance 21 210 Towing the vehicle 338 Emergency calls TEISA nissen 209 Emergency engine shutdown 342 Emergency operations Limp home mode sssrini 121 Remote door unlock nsss 212 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 8 Version 2 11 8 1 Emission control e Information label System warranties Engine Break in recommendations 220 Cleaning sesers retesni 264 Comp rtment esesuersssereeressseresenn 222 Malfunction indicator Apese orei 29 305 Messages in the multifunction display 500er 290 Number 345
179. age 119 Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Without the brake pedal depressed the gear selector lever can be moved up or down but the parking pawl remains engaged not allowing shifting to occur Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission The gear selector lever always returns to Button for selecting park position P its original position P Park position The current transmission position P R N R Reverse gear or D appears in the multifunction display N Neutral position gt page 118 D Drive position Shifting into park position P N Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or gt With the vehicle at a standstill press button Q on the gear selector lever SmartKey When you turn off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 117 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission KEYLESS GO When you turn off the engine A Warning using t
180. age due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the vehicle care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products Power washer H Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintaining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Operation a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation zl Vehicle care Paintwork painted body components H Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body components may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when
181. aged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Also the seat belt anchoring points must be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Proper use of seat belts A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only protect when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags window curtain air bags for door windows Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs seat belt force limiters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags and ETDs and side side impact air bags window
182. ages in the multifunction display Practical hints Display messages STOP Car Too Low Malfunctio n Compressor Cooling Down Vehicle Display messages So Possible causes consequences and Solutions You have driven off while the vehicle level was too low or the AIRMATIC is inoperative The AIRMATIC should have raised the vehicle to the set level after a short while While the message is displayed gt Avoid excessive steering maneuvers The fenders or tires could otherwise be damaged Listen for scraping noises gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h If the message does not disappear from the multifunction display gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The AIRMATIC is malfunctioning gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You have selected a higher vehicle level Due to frequent level changes within a short period the compressor must cool down first H When the message Compressor Cooling Down appears in the multifunction display driving is still possible Keep in mind that the ride height of the vehicle is not yet reached so you can damage the underbody of the vehicle gt Let the compressor cool down until the message disappears The selected level will be set once the compressor has cooled down Possible causes consequences and Solutions You are driving with the h
183. ained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles equipped with active Bi Xenon headlamps The active Bi Xenon headlamps increase usable illumination over conventional headlamps because they follow the curvature of the road ahead The beams of the active Bi Xenon headlamps shift to either side according to the vehicle s steering angle and speed gt Adjust the seats gt On the driver s side also adjust the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the desired positions Press memory button M once and within 3 seconds press memory position button 1 20r3 When the settings are stored to the selected position an acknowledgement signal sounds gt Press and hold desired memory position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat has moved to the stored position completely On the 4 AUTO Standing lamps left Standing lamps right Off Daytime running lamp mode Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode DD Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Lighting 5 p Parking lamps also tail lamps license plate lamps side marker lamps and instrument panel lamps 6 Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps 7 Front fog lamps 8 Lo Rear fog lamp The exterior lamps except standing lamps or parking lamps go out automatically when you remove the Sm
184. all Spark plugs 15 18 Ib ft MO nn Original tightening torque 20 25 Nm a aa HES e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended FR P tires with limited run flat Main dimensions R 350 characteristics original equipment tires Overall vehicle 203 7 in 5 173 mm Using tires other than those approved by length Mercedes Benz may result in damage that A is not covered by the Mercedes Benz de 85 4 in 2 168 mm Limited Warranty For information on driving with MOExtended Overall vehicle 65 5 in 1663 mm tires see the Practical hints section height gt page 330 Wheelbase 126 6 in 3215 mm 22 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 23 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out 24 Data apply to unladen vehicle with standard equipment Data may vary in vehicles equipped with AIRMATIC depending on the selected damping settings and the current vehicle level DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Rims and tires Vehicles with MOExtended system are not factory equipped with a TIREFIT kit When retrofitting with tires that do not have run flat characteristics you should also equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit TIREFIT kits are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims n
185. ance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking function engages and the locking knobs in the doors move down The automatic central locking function can be switched off gt page 137 Automatic transmission N Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 113 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever can now be used gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Without the brake pedal depressed the gear selector lever can be moved up or down However the parking pawl remains engaged not allowing shiftin
186. apsible tire spare wheel 350 Collapsible wheel chock 272 COMAND system see separate COMAND system operating instructions Combination switch 100 Comfort submenu Easy entry exit feature 137 Fold in function for exterior rear VEW MINNONS Hiss f cs3e entstehen 138 Seat belt adjustment feature 138 Compass Calling UP 216 Control system 1 0 0 eeeeeeeeseeeeeees 123 Multifunction display eee 125 Multifunction steering wheel 123 Resetting to factory settings 131 Control system menus 126 AIRMATIC Compass ossessi 129 A di DVD sneti iniret 128 Distr nie ennnn leeren 129 Navigation j 22 252044202004405220600 0800 129 SEW NG S 2 130 Standard display neresesseereneeen 126 Telephone se 140 Tip computers 139 Vehicle status message memory 130 Control system submenus COMMON reset Instrument Cluster Lighting u Time Date uesesce Vehlel amp css Coolant Anticorrosion antifreeze Capacite Suenens Checking level Messages in the multifunction AISPlAy s 5 0 05 sees 05eseasetten 290 Corner illuminating front fog lampS 2 4 522222444004 amp 0s00b czatscbdesseeeisn 101 Cruise Control uu2 ee 142 AGUNAN E see 143 Cancelin Sensur eea 143 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Changing the set speed
187. are clearly visible Seat belt N Observe Safety notes see page 47 gt Fasten and position your seat belt correctly gt page 49 Make sure The seat belt is always fitted snugly e Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder Place the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible on your hips Seat and head restraint Observe Safety notes see page 81 gt Position seat 8 and head restraint properly See gt page 82 for seat and head restraint adjustment Observe the following points e Always be in a properly seated position e The position should be as far rearward from the front air bag in the steering wheel as possible while still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely e The seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten and position your seat belt e The seat backrest must be in a position that is as nearly upright as possible 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe e Adjust the seat cushion so that the front edge of the seat cushion lightly supports your legs e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while t
188. arrow pedal as it could otherwise be trapped gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal You could otherwise cause an accident and injure yourself and or others On uphill grades the cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed On downhill grades the cruise control maintains the set speed by braking with the vehicle s brake system In addition on longer downhill grades the automatic transmission will downshift automatically Controls in detail A gt aa 0 01 Canceling cruise control Setting current or higher speed gt Depress the brake pedal Setting current or lower speed or Canceling the cruise control gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in Activating the cruise control or resuming direction of arrow to last set speed The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory Activating cruise control when the engine is turned off Vou can activaiethe cruise controlata The cruise control switches off automatically vehicle speed above 20 mph 30 km h when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake The cruise control switches off automatically and an acoustic warning will sound when You cannot activate the cruise control e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph e when the automatic transmission is in
189. artKey from the starter switch or open the driver s door with the ignition switched off When the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp are switched on and you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and open the driver s door an acoustic signal sounds In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display Switch off the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp manually H Failure to switch off the parking lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Low beam headlamps The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position a The following lamps come on e Low beam headlamps e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 98 Version 2 11 8 1 e Instrument panel lamps e Green indicator lamp D in the instrument cluster gt Switching off Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps come on and go out automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e Low beam headlamps e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps Z Warning If the exterior lamp switch is set to auro the headlamps will not automatically come on under foggy conditions
190. assenger seat is in an unfavorable position the seat will be adjusted to a position that seeks to better protect the occupant 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 53 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe e If the vehicle is in a critical dynamic driving situation the door windows close except for a minimal gap that remains open e Vehicles with power tilt sliding sunroof If the vehicle is in a critical dynamic driving situation the tilt sliding sunroof also closes except for a minimal gap that remains open If the closing procedure of any of these elements is blocked it will stop and open slightly Once the hazardous situation no longer exists and an accident has been avoided the seat belt pre tensioning is deactivated All of the PRE SAFE settings can be re adjusted following the critical driving event If the seat belts do not release gt Adjust the seat backrest or seat slightly to the rear until the seat belt tension is reduced The locking mechanism releases H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items For information on the seat belt adjustment function as an integrated comfort feature of PRE SAFE see gt page 51 NECK PRO active front head restraints The NECK PRO active front head restraints are intended to offer the driver and front passenger increased protection from whiplas
191. at Such forces may cause the system to sense that an occupant of a lesser weight than actually present is on the front passenger seat gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the 3 rassarsaca indicator lamp in the center console gt page 44 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on Practical hints E e the amp pass ar eac a indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 42 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the amp pass ar sasaa indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible
192. at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 233 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also
193. ate Set Year appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 134 Version 2 11 8 1 Example illustration for setting the month gt Press button or month day or year to set the Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Settings menu Use the Lighting submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 134 e Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 135 e Switching night security illumination on or off gt page 135 e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off gt page 136 Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Daytime Running Lamps appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 135 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system e License plate la
194. ater or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a soft wet cloth or sponge to clean the vehicle gt Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water gt Do not spray directly towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and dry with a chamois thoroughly Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Automatic car wash You can have your vehicle washed in an automatic car wash from the start Brushless car washes are preferable gt To protect the filter system activate the air recirculation mode using button 6 amp on the climate control panel H Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it before running it through the automatic car wash H Make sure the combination switch is set to wiper setting 0 Otherwise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to vehicle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt When taking the vehicle thro
195. atic headlamp mode 98 Automatic interior lighting control 102 Automatic locking when driving 137 Automatic shift program 120 Automatic transmission 115 Automatic shift program 120 Emergency operation limp home Models Gear range indicator Gear ranges secsec Gear selector lever uce Hill start assist system 153 Kickd wni 2 119 One touch gearshifting 120 Program mode indicator 120 Program mode selector switch automatic shift program 120 Shifting procedure enen 118 Steering wheel gearshift control 121 TOWING atraller ae 119 Transmission position indicator 118 Transmission positions AUX socket Axle lls u BabySmart Air bag deactivation system 45 Self te Sternen enra aiii 47 Backrest see Seats Backup lamps Messages in the multifunction display oerrint 295 Bar air pressure unit 249 BAS Brake Assist System 64 Batteries SmartKey Checking condition une 73 Replacing 02 5 sciesiesescsedsisasestadeveescaes 310 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 5 Version 2 11 8 1 Battery Vehicle Charging Jump starting Messages in the multifunction CIS PIAY sevssces access sesascessscecvsaesers 282 292 Be d llire u n u nn nee
196. ave your vehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have it serviced in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 261 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 WWEIDICHE ITS Clearing the maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message will notify you when the next maintenance is cleared automatically service is required e after approximately 10 seconds when you Starting approximately 1 month before the switch on the ignition next maintenance service is required one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display The messages will e after approximately 10 seconds when reaching the service threshold while driving appear while you are driving or when you e after approximately 30 seconds once the switch on the ignition example service A suggested maintenance service term has Service A In XXXXX Miles km passed Service A In XXX Days Service A In X Day Service A Due Now c D sh 2 O The maintenance services will be indicated by showing a service type A throu
197. ay that may appear A Warning Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the system At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the Distronic After a brief acceleration e g for passing the Distronic will resume the last set speed Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following distance for Distronic by varying the time setting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the preceding vehicle The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display A Warning It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt Increasing distance Turn distance setting switch Q in direction of arrow Increasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a greater following distance to the preceding vehicle gt Decreasing distance Turn distance setting switch Q in direction of arrow Decreasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a s
198. aytime running lamp mode 99 Delayed shut off 0 135 Halogen u 0u amp 2 0 813 High beam flasher 101 High beam headlamps 100 Low beam headlamps 98 Replacing bulbs ae B12 SWIECH TE E 97 Headliner cleaning and care of 267 Head restraints 000 0 eee 4 81 Adjustment uennnnssersnnnerennnnnen 81 83 NECK PRO active front head restraints uenaeseissnesseu 53 NECK PRO active front head restraints resetting 310 Heated steering wheel 93 Height adjustment Sat belt OUUCE ci essu 50 SO AUS ss 81 Vehicle level Control 154 High beam flasher 101 High beam headlamps 100 313 Indicator lampessi nnn 29 Hill start assist system 153 Hinged quarter windows 107 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 10 Version 2 11 8 1 Hood rt EA ETET 222 Messages in the multifunction diSspl yi ne nur 288 HOOKS is celtic niente 189 Horn cvsssecscteeseitivenasiesceesncisnes detente 27 HVAC see Climate control system Hydropl ning 2 222445 22 amp 2252222 255 EEE Identification labels 344 Identification number vehicle WIN ee tes 345 Ignition een 79 80 111 Immobilizer ee 67 Indicator lamps see Lamps i
199. backrest Seat backrest tilt third row seats PUR 27a gt Pull up adjustment handle in direction of arrow and hold it there gt Move seat to the desired position gt Release adjustment handle N The seat must engage audibly ana 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail gt While seated pull adjustment handle Q in direction of arrow and hold it there gt To move seat backrest back lean lightly against backrest gt To move seat backrest forward lean forward with adjustment handle 1 pulled The seat backrest will move forward against your back gt Release adjustment handle 1 when the seat backrest has reached the desired position gt To make sure the seat backrest has engaged lean firmly against the backrest Head restraint height A Warning With the second row middle seat or a third row seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Outboard second row seat head restraint 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 88
200. backrest Q to an angle of approximately 45 gt Install head restraint 2 gt page 88 gt Adjust the seat backrest to the desired position gt page 87 gt Push seat backrest back until the seat engages audibly gt Check whether the seat is properly locked see Lock status indicators outboard second row seats gt page 193 gt Adjust the seat fore or aft to the desired position gt page 87 Third row seats Controls in detail u H Do not fold up seat cushion before folding seat backrest as this could Lock status indicators outboard second damage the upholstery row seats gt Reach into strap and pull seat backrest 2 into a vertical position gt Pull release handle 4 and adjust seat backrest 2 to desired position gt Move seat cushion Q to a vertical position gt Fold seat cushion 1 towards seat backrest 2 until it engages audibly Outboard second row seat unlocked When the seat is unlocked lock status indicator 1 is extended and red marking 2 is clearly visible DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 194 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing backrest back until the seat engages audibly ee The cargo compartment cover blind can be installed behind the third row seats or the second row seats H with the cargo compartment cover blind installed do not pile luggage higher than the lower edges of the r
201. bar A Warning The air hose can become hot during inflation Please exercise appropriate caution H Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off If the tire inflation pressure of at least 26 psi 1 8 bar is not attained gt Turn off the electric air pump by pressing 0 on electric air pump switch gt Detach filler hose 8 from tire valve gt Drive vehicle back or forth very slowly approximately 30 ft 10 m This serves to better distribute the TIREFIT sealant material inside the tire gt Inflate the tire again A Warning If a tire inflation pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar is not attained the tire is too severely 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe damaged for TIREFIT to provide a reliable tire repair In this case TIREFIT cannot properly seal the tire Do not drive the vehicle Contact the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance After attaining a tire inflation pressure of at least 26 psi 1 8 bar gt Press 0 on electric air pump switch The electric air pump is switched off Detach the TIREFIT kit from the tire valve N Warning The air hose may still be hot Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when detaching the electric air pump H Remaining TIREFIT sealant could escape from the filler hose after it has been detached from
202. be installed Pull on upper part of anchorage ring cover 1 to remove cover gt Store anchorage ring cover Q ina convenient place e g glove box gt Move the respective head restraint to its uppermost position gt page 88 gt Release the respective seat backrest gt page 84 The seat backrest folds down gt Guide the top tether strap between head restraint and top of the seat backrest 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 58 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Securely fasten hook 3 which is part of the tether strap to anchorage ring 2 P91 20 224531 For safety make sure hook is attached to anchorage ring 2 beyond the safety catch as illustrated Make sure top tether strap 9 is not twisted e the head restraint is installed and positioned such that top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest top tether strap is positioned between the seat backrest and the cargo compartment cover blind if installed e top tether strap is positioned between the seat backrest and the cargo net if installed A Warning When installing a child seat on a third row seat do not fasten the hook to the strap below the anchorage ring Otherwise the child seat will not be securely fastened A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child seat is not properly secured in the vehicle gt Fold seat backrest u
203. been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Ifa condition causing the TPMS to malfunction develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a DD Operation a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving ifthe malfunction has been corrected Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multifunction display The current tire inflation pressure for each tire appears in the
204. ble causes consequences and gt Solutions Check then There has been a warning message about a loss in the tire tipes restart inflation pressure and the tire pressure loss warning system Run Flat was not restarted yet Indicator Make sure the correct tire inflation pressure is set for each tire gt Then restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 231 Run Flat Inoperativ The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning Indicator e gt Have the tire pressure loss warning system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire Check The tire pressure loss warning system indicates that the tire Pressure Tires inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Check the tires and if necessary change the wheel gt page 319 Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 230 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system after adjusting the tire inflation pressure values gt page 231 Practical hints Tire driving The tire inflation pressure is being checked by the Advanced pressure for a few TPMS displayed minutes gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes after Tire Inoperativ The Advanced TPMS is malfunctioning Pressure e gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Monitor Mercedes Benz Center Tire Inoperativ The
205. cal consumers such as radio functions If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e once more the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice more the power supply is again switched off Ignition or position 2 Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice This supplies power for all electrical consumers All lamps except low beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 299 If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power supply is again switched off 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 81 Version 2 11 8 1 Safety notes N Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control the following must be done before the vehicle is put into motion e seat adjustment e head restraint adjustment e steering wheel adjustment e rear view mirror adjustment e fastening of seat belts A Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an exc
206. cally pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 116 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission H Allow the engine to warm up under low something Only shift into gear when the load use Do not place full load on the engine is idling normally and when your right engine until the operating temperature has foot is firmly on the brake pedal been reached Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an E Only shift the automatic transmission into extended period when driving off on reverse gear R or park position P when the slippery road surfaces vehicle is stopped Otherwise the This may cause serious damage to the automatic transmission could be damaged engine and the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited H The vehicle must be stopped when you Warranty shift the automatic transmission e directly between drive position D and During the brief warm up transmission reverse gear R upshifting is delayed This allows the Controls in detail E catalytic converter gasoline engine or directly between reverse gear R and oxidation catalyst diesel engine to heat up drive position D more quickly to operating temperature e directly into park position P Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged When trying to free a vehicle stuck in mud or snow see Rocking the vehicle gt p
207. can connect small devices such as game consoles mobile phone chargers laptops etc Prerequisites for operation e The 12V power outlets in the second row footwell and cargo compartment gt page 206 are operational e The plug of the small device must be inserted fully into 115V AC socket Q e The on board voltage of the vehicle is within the permissible voltage range e The specified wattage of the small device is identical or lower than the maximum permissible wattage 150 W of the 115V AC socket gt Operation Open cover gt Insert the plug of the small device into 115V AC socket Q LED 2 comes on If LED does not come on refer to the section on possible nonoperation causes gt Switching off Pull the plug out of 115V AC socket Q Do not pull on the cable gt Close cover Possible nonoperation causes e The on board voltage of the vehicle is not within the permissible voltage range 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 207 Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features gt Start the engine e The temperature of the DC AC inverter is temporarily too high gt Pull the plug of the small device out of 115V AC socket and plug it in again after waiting a few minutes e Some small devices have a continuous power rating of less than 150 W but a very high switch on current Such devices will not operate When connecting such a device 115V AC socket 1 will not provide power If LED still doe
208. can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 24 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Introduction This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety Daimler may access the information and share it with others e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in dispute resolution involving Daimler its affiliates or sales service organization and or e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 25 Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel 30 Center console ee 31 Overhead control panel 32 Dooreontrolipanelmcs ere 33 At a glance A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Ata glance E E Exterior view Exterior view 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 26 Version 2 11 8 1 FC0 00 4325 31 This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentia
209. ce on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Rotating tires A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible N Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 Ib ft 150 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 240 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire DD Operation a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation a Tires and wheels dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configuration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according
210. cedes Benz Limited Warranty multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section eit gt page 293 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 350 and gt page 352 gt Screw filler cap 1 back on filler neck Adding engine oil H Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gearshifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the The following will result in engine or transmission emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation E e Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level the vehicle e Changing of oil and oil filter at change must be parked on level ground and the intervals longer than those called for by coolant temperature must be below 158 F the Maintenance System 70 C e Using any oil additives N Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the
211. ch Some tools required for a wheel P58 10 2205 31 change are specific to your vehicle Wheel wrench Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Electric air pump Center to obtain the tools approved for Mounting direction indicator your vehicle The illustration shows the Fuse chart vehicle retrofitted with the necessary tools Ali t bolt for a wheel change Alignment bo Collapsible wheel chock Towing eye bolt Spare wheel bolts Storage well casing Reversible ratchet for jack Jack 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 272 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints Fi Where will I find Collapsible wheel chock The collapsible wheel chock serves to secure the vehicle e g while changing a wheel gt Take the collapsible wheel chock from the vehicle tool kit gt page 270 Storage position gt Take the reversible ratchet from the vehicle tool kit gt page 270 P40 10 5254 31 gt Setting up Tilt both plates upward Q gt Fold the lower plate outward 2 gt Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the way into the openings of base plate 3 For information on where to place wheel chocks when changing a wheel see Lifting the vehicle gt page 324 P40 10 5349 31 Operational position Jack gt Attach reversible ratchet 2 to jack in A Warning such a way that the word UP can be seen Only use the jack supplied with your vehicle t
212. commended inflation During sudden driving or braking maneuvers pressures the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or e Remove unnecessary loads accelerate This could lead to accidents and e Remove carriers when not in use injury e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and Power assistance deceleration A Warning e Have all maintenance work performed at There is no power assistance for the steering the intervals specified in the Maintenance and the brake when the engine is not running Booklet and as required by the Maintenance system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Fuel consumption is also increased by driving Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in cold weather in stop and go traffic on in motion short trips and in mountainous areas Brakes Drinking and driving a Downhill grades N Warning Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and H When driving down long and steep driving are very dangerous combinations grades relieve the load on the brakes by Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can shifting into a lower gear to use the affect your reflexes perceptions and engine s braking power This helps prevent judgment overheating of the brakes and reduces wear DD 251_
213. ct to turn the towing eye bolt Removing towing eye bolt gt Loosen towing eye bolt 2 by turning it counterclockwise gt Unscrew towing eye bolt gt Reinstalling cover in front bumper Engage cover 1 gt page 338 on the left and press on the right gt Reinstalling cover in rear bumper gt Pry cover D with a flat blunt object as a Engage cover 1 gt page 339 at top and lever press at bottom gt Lift cover Q off to reveal the threaded hole Store the towing eye bolt and wheel for the towing eye bolt wrench back into the vehicle tool kit 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 340 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints A Towing with all wheels on the ground N Warning If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake system e there is a malfunction in the power supply or in the vehicle s electrical system This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make sure the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving
214. ct with AdBlue or remove AdBlue with a moist cloth and cold water 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 355 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe immediately If AdBlue has crystallized already use cold water and a sponge AdBlue residues will crystallize and soil the affected surfaces High ambient temperatures If AdBlue in the reservoir heats up to above 122 F 50 C for a long period of time for example due to direct sunlight ammonia gas vapors may escape when opening the AdBlue tank N Warning When opening the filler cap of the AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated area only Ammonia gas vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas vapors will cause burning eyes nose and throat as well as coughing and watering eyes Low ambient temperatures AdBlue freezes at a temperature of approximately 12 F 11 C Your vehicle is factory equipped with an AdBlue preheating system The vehicle can thus be operated at temperatures below 12 F 11 C Special additives H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not add additives to AdBlue and do not dilute AdBlue with water Otherwise the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system could be damaged Damage caused by using additives or diluting with water are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty
215. ction in conjunction with the ESP gt page 65 and the Electronic Traction System 4 ETS gt page 65 A Warning If a drive wheel is spinning due to insufficient traction e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The 4MATIC cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must be on or off the ground Observe instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system and or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the 4MATIC is only achieved with winter tires gt page 251 or snow chains as required Parktronic system The Parktronic system is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors designed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers The Parktronic system indicates the relative 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 157 d2
216. ctric air pump switch 2 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice Do not depress the brake pedal gt Version 1 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 350 decrease tire pressure using the vent screw on air hose 9 gt Version 2 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 350 decrease tire pressure using deflate button N Observe Safety notes see page 230 gt Detach the electric air pump gt Reinstall collapsible tire valve cap gt Version 1 only Store electrical plug and air hose 4 behind flap 1 gt Version 2 only Store electrical plug and the air hose back into the pump housing bottom Place the electric air pump back in its designated storage space gt Lower the vehicle Lowering the vehicle A Warning Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle gt Attach ratchet to vehicle jack so that the word DOWN can be seen Lower the vehicle until the vehicle is resting fully on its own weight gt Turn ratchet in direction DOWN gt Remove the jack Practical hints A 251_AKB 4 52 en U
217. curity u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Driving safety systems and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even to light brake pressure The ABS indicator lamp indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal The pulsation indicates that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while you feel the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A Warning If the ABS malfunctions other driving safety systems such as the BAS or the ESP are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps
218. curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETDs e Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder It should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time Seat belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you would not
219. cushion is released and folds forward automatically gt Fold seat backrest to a horizontal position Strap serves to pull up the seat backrest when bringing the third row seats back to their original position gt page 192 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 190 Version 2 11 8 1 Expanding cargo volume fully A Warning Folded second row seats are intended to serve as a Cargo volume expansion in conjunction with folded third row seats only Do not fold the second row seats and allow third row seat occupants to use folded second row seats as a footrest while driving Third row seat occupants must like all vehicle occupants keep both feet on the floor in front of their seat Otherwise occupants could slide under their seat belt in a collision If occupants slide under the seat belt it would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Do not fold the second row seats and allow third row seat occupants to use folded second row seats as a table while driving Objects placed on folded second row seats may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or an accident and be thrown around the vehicle interior Objects thrown around the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury H When folding both seat rows it is important that you fold the seats in the following order e second row middle seat 7 seat vehicles e outboard second row seats
220. d depth of approximately in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Temperature N Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 243 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performan
221. d hold button S on the SmartKey until the tailgate unlocks and begins to open While the tailgate is opening an acoustic warning sounds or Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Pull on the handle gt page 75 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Closing the tailgate from the outside N Observe Safety notes see page 55 N Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press or pull the remote tailgate opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press the tailgate closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e Pull outside handle on the tailgate e When no SmartKey is inserted in the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Press button 5 on the SmartKey Do not leave the SmartKey in the vehicle You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the tailgate will lock automatically when it is closed The turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking Vehicles without KEYLESS GO 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 77 Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and
222. d inflation Spare tires willage and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire A Warning Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Tread depth A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approximately 17 6 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The recommended minimum tire tread depth for summer tires is in 3 mm The DD Operation u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Tires and wheels recom
223. d row 1 Pos SOEBEN seats gt page 190 Cargo tie down rings second row footwell 7 2 Z Warning When expanding the cargo volume always fully fold the corresponding seats and if so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo Unless you are transporting cargo the seat backrests must remain properly locked in the upright position In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around P6860 253541 inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle Cargo tie down rings third row footwell Always use the cargo tie down rings Z Warning Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Hooks Two hooks are located on the rear compartment trim panels one on each side Use the hooks to secure light weight items only The maximum permissible weight per hook is 9 Ibs 4 kg 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Loading and storing Expanding cargo volume in part Folding third row seats gt Lower the head restraints of the third row seats completely gt page 88 gt Place seat belt in seat belt holder Q gt Pull release handle 2 on seat backrest in direction of arrow Seat backrest 3 is released gt Move seat backrest 3 slightly forward Seat
224. d sufficiently When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS is operational again The ABS indicator lamp should go out gt If the ABS indicator lamp does not go out Have the alternator and the battery checked The self diagnosis has not been completed yet The indicator lamp will go out after driving a short distance at a vehicle speed of above 12 mph 20 km h 251_AKB d2ureepe 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 301 Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions praxe USA only The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP switched off due to a Canada only malfunction The ABS the BAS the ESP and PRE SAFE are also switched off AN gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz The red brake warning Center as soon as possible lamp comes on while driving In addition the yellow ABS malfunction indicator lamp and the yellow ESP warning lamp come on and an acoustic warning sounds accident The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds Canada only Risk of accident Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an praxe USA only You are driving with the parking brake engaged Canada only gt Release the parking brake erake USA only There is insufficient brake fl
225. d to avoid any damage e Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates A constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound Parktronic system malfunction for the second red distance segment The There is a malfunction in the Parktronic Controls in detail Fl signal is canceled when the automatic system if only the red distance segments transmission is shifted into drive illuminate and an acoustic warning sounds position D or park position P or the The Parktronic system will switch off parking brake is engaged automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch Q comes on Switching the Parktronic system on Have the Parktronic system checked at an Of authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon The Parktronic system switches on as possible automatically when the ignition is switched If only the red distance segments illuminate and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty e g dirt ice snow and slush Another cause could be interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean the Parktronic system sensors gt page 265 gt Switching off Pre
226. d void the user s authority to operate the equipment Distronic displays in the speedometer P64 32 6652 21 When the Distronic is activated one or two cruise control speed segments come on around set speed Q 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 147 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems The vehicle speed displayed on the Immediately brake the vehicle to increase speedometer can briefly vary from the speed your distance to the preceding vehicle The setting on the Distronic system warning sound is intended as a final caution in which you should intercede with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking This will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident Controls in detail P54 32 665331 A Warning When the Distronic detects a vehicle directly The Distronic brakes your vehicle with a ahead the cruise control speed maximum deceleration of 6 5 ft s 2 m s segments 2 appear in the speedometer This corresponds to approximately 20 of the These segments represent the difference maximum deceleration of your vehicle between the set speed of your vehicle and you must also apply the brakes yourself to the speed of the preceding vehicle avoid a collision The Distron
227. damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care H To avoid damage to leather upholstery e Wipe with light pressure only e Do not clean with abrasive cleaning agents such as scouring milk or powder e Do not soak the leather upholstery 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 268 Version 2 11 8 1 As leather is a natural product it could otherwise harden or become porous Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet MB Tex upholstery gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure for cleaning the upholstery Wood trims gt Only use water and a damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle H Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plated exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Polishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter H Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corrosion 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 269 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment 270 Where will find 0 eee 270 Vehicle status messages in the multifuncti
228. de inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they engage gt Press tabs 2 together gt Tilt wiper blade 1 away from wiper arm gt Take off wiper blade 1 in direction of arrow Rear wiper blade H Do not pull on the wiper blade insert It could tear gt Fold wiper arm 1 away from the rear window until it engages gt Turn wiper blade 2 as far as it will go gt Hold wiper arm Q and disengage wiper blade 2 by carefully sliding it in direction of arrow gt Remove wiper blade 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 319 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 gt Insert wiper blade 2 into wiper arm 4 gt Hold wiper arm Q and engage wiper blade by pushing it in direction of arrow until it locks into place gt Check whether the wiper blade is securely fastened gt Fold wiper arm a to rest on the rear window Make sure to hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back H Make sure the wiper blade is installed properly An improperly installed wiper blade may cause rear window damage gt With guide tab sliding into opening place wiper blade Q onto wiper arm in direction of arrow gt Fold wiper blade 1 towards wiper arm Tabs 2 gt page 318 must engage into both recesses of attachment 2 Practical hints Your vehicle may be equipped with an MOExtended system or a spare wheel with gt Check wh
229. ding some Mercedes Benz approved child seats can be used in this seating position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more information Do not use the LATCH anchors or seat belt buckle for the outboard seats in conjunction with a child seat in the second row middle seat position Child seats in the middle seating position must only be secured by the middle seat position seat belt inserted into 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 59 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety the seat belt buckle for the second row middle seat A Warning Please be aware that installation of a child seat in the second row middle seat position can prevent the folding forward of the outboard second row seats which can obstruct access to and exit from the third row seats In case of an accident it will be difficult for occupants of the third row seats to leave the vehicle Serious injuries could result Install a child seat in one of the outboard seating positions according to the installation instructions if access to the third row seats is required gt Move the head restraint to its uppermost position gt page 88 gt Pull seat backrest release strap 1 in the direction of arrow Safety and security u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security a Occupant safety gt Fold seat backrest 2 forward to seat cushion 8 as far as necessary for you to access anchorage ring 4 P91 20 2241 31 gt
230. does not remain illuminated with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the passenger seat USA only EA PASS AIR saca The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the front passenger seat Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A BabySmart child seat is installed on the front passenger seat Therefore the front passenger front air bag is switched off The system is malfunctioning when there is no BabySmart child seat installed on the front passenger seat gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat gt Check installation of the child seat gt page 57 If the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired The system is malfunctioning gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 274 Practical hints F 251_AKB 4 52 en US 20
231. dows are located on the driver s door control panel The switches for the respective door windows are located on the front passenger door and the rear doors The hinged quarter windows can be operated from the driver s seat only Operating the rear door windows from the rear is not possible when you activate the override switch gt page 62 Z Observe Safety notes see page 55 Z Warning When opening or closing the windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly The door windows operate differently when the switch is pulled and held Seethe Closing when a door window is blocked section in this chapter for details The closing of a door window can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 106 Version 2 11 8 1 if the switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch The closing ofthe hinged quarter windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling the switch If awindow encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the windows by pressing and holding but
232. e Your fuel tank was driven empty gt After refueling start turn off and restart the engine three or four times in succession The limp home mode is canceled You do not need to have your vehicle checked Practical hints 5 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Tires Problem USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS flashes 60 seconds and 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 306 Version 2 11 8 1 Possible causes consequences and Solutions The Advanced TPMS detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 274 If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving There is a malfunction in the Advanced TPMS gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 274 gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction
233. e 247 Speed symbol N Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appropriate to prevailing conditions Speed symbol indicates the approved maximum speed tire speed rating for the tire Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h up to 106 mph 170 km h up to 112 mph 180 km h up to 118 mph 190 km h up to 149 mph 240 km h up to 168 mph 270 km h xla se up to 130 mph 210 km h up to 186 mph 300 km h ZRS up to 186 mph 300 km h 14or M S 4 for winter tires 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 246 Version 2 11 8 1 Index Speed rating ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h e At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of load index
234. e 312 or Parking Lamp Front Right High Beam The left or right high beam lamp is malfunctioning Left gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible a ee a gt page 312 19 can P Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Right Benz Center as soon as possible oO S License The left or right license plate lamp is malfunctioning S Plate gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 312 Lamp Left or Licence Plate Lamp Right Fo AUTO The light sensor is malfunctioning The headlamps come on Light automatically Tnoperativ Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as e possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt In the control system set daytime running lamp mode to manual gt page 134 gt Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt page 97 Low Beam The left or right low beam lamp is malfunctioning Left gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible ar gt page 312 Low Beam gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Right Benz Center as soon as possible Foglamp The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning Rear Left Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 312 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 297 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions
235. e ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 66 Version 2 11 8 1 gt With the engine running press ESP switch D until the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on The ESP is switched off A Warning When the ESP warning lamp A is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Switching on the ESP gt Press ESP switch D until the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on ESP trailer stabilization If the trailer you are towing should begin to sway the rig can only be stabilized by immediately applying the brakes hard Steering during this maneuver will not help to stabilize the rig 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 67 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en
236. e Put a new battery in hand held remote control 9 This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote control sending a stronger and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control e While performing step 3 hold hand held remote control at different lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm away or the same angle at varying distances e If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure e Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or the HomeLink Hotline in the USA at 1 800 355 3515 or the Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 216 Version 2 11 8 1 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two c
237. e The stored names are displayed in COMAND system via Bluetooth alphabetical order e Ready or name of the network provider if available The telephone has found a network and is ready for use You can operate it using the control system Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls Selected name from the phone book you can answer a call at any time In the gt Press button FF multifunction display you will then see the following message or if available the caller ID number or name The control system dials the selected phone number If the connection is successful and this feature is supported by your network TEL provider the name of the party if stored in Call From your phone book you are calling will Unknown appear in the multifunction display The control system stores the dialed N ee number in the redial memory or Press button gt gt Press button if you do not want to You have answered the call make the call Ending a call or rejecting an incoming call TEL gt Press button A Connected To Newman 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Driving systems 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 142 Version 2 11 8 1 Controls in detail Redialing The control system stores the most recently dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button
238. e brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline gasoline engine N Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health H To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane gasoline is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a Fuels coolants lubricants etc light load such as two persons and no luggage Do not exceed 3 of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Gasol
239. e date gt page 134 Lighting submenu e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 134 e Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 135 e Switching night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature on or off gt page 135 e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off gt page 136 Vehicle submenu e Switching automatic central locking on or off gt page 137 Comfort submenu e Activating easy entry exit feature gt page 137 e Activating deactivating seat belt adjustment feature gt page 138 e Switching fold in function for exterior rear view mirrors on or off gt page 138 Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instrument Cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Instrument Cluster submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available e Selecting speedometer odometer display mode gt page 132 Canada only e Selecting digital speedometer display mode gt page 132 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 132 Version 2 11 8 1 e Selecting language gt page 133 e Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt page 133 Selecting speedometer odometer display mode Canada only Press button or LP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 Move the selection marker with button
240. e electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Roof panel switch Raising Opening Closing The tilt sliding panel only operates with the roller sunblinds retracted You can also open or close the tilt sliding panel using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 108 or see Convenience closing feature gt page 108 gt Switch on the ignition Opening gt Opening manually Press and hold the roof panel switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To open the tilt sliding panel completely press the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction Express opening is not available when the tilt sliding panel is raised The tilt sliding panel must be closed first When the tilt sliding panel is open resonance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by minimal pressure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or eliminate these noises change the position of the tilt sliding panel or open a window slightly Raising gt Raising manually Press and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow Q Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reach
241. e fuse BIER Bee allocation and fuse amperages gt Remove fuse box cover C in direction of arrow gt Closing Clip upper end of fuse box gt Engage the parking brake gt Push on lower end of fuse box cover Q until it engages Practical hints A gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P H The fuse box cover must be properly The transmission position indicator in the positioned as described Otherwise multifunction display should be on P moisture or dirt could enter the fuse box gt Switch off all electrical consumers and possibly impair fuse operation gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter Fuse box in engine compartment __ switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the Open the hood driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again H Do not use sharp objects such as a screwdriver to open the fuse box cover in the dashboard You could damage the fuse box cover or the dashboard gt With a dry cloth remove any moisture from fuse box cover 2 gt Release clamp Q gt Lift fuse box cover up The fuse box is located behind a cover in the dashboard on the front passenger side 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 342 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints Closing Make sure the sealing
242. e number of messages appears in the multifunction display 2 Messages OD R N Pit gt Press button 4 or W The stored messages will now be displayed in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display gt page 274 After you have scrolled through all recorded status messages the first recorded message appears again Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunction display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch With KEYLESS GO the number of messages will reappear when you turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door Except for high priority messages the vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you switch off the ignition Settings menu Introduction In the Settings menu there are two functions The function To reset press reset button for 3 seconds with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings and a collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle The following settings and submenus are available in the Settings menu e Resetting to factory settings gt page 131 e Submenus in the Settings menu gt page 131 e Inst
243. e pedal gt Move the gear selector lever up past the resistance point Shifting into drive position D gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal gt Move the gear selector lever down past the resistance point Shifting procedure The automatic transmission selects dividos gears automatically depending on e the selected gear range gt page 119 e the selected program mode C S gt page 120 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the vehicle speed With drive position D selected you can influence transmission shifting by limiting or extending the gear range Transmission positions The current transmission position appears in the multifunction ei BE Transmission position indicator If the current transmission position does not appear in the multifunction display due to a malfunction for example make sure that the automatic transmission is in the desired position 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 118 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D gt Select program mode S gt Do not limit the gear range gt Drive off carefully Effect LP Park position Shift the automatic transmission into park position P only when the vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the au
244. e socket not injure themselves or start a fire with the damaged the lighter may not function hot cigarette lighter properly any longer If the engine is off and the cigarette lighter is I The cigarette lighter is not designed for being used extensively the vehicle battery use with the electric air pump Use the may become discharged power outlet in the second row footwell for gt Open cover 1 gt page 198 electric air pump operation You can use the power outlets even if the ignition is switched off An emergency shut off feature is designed to prevent the vehicle s on board voltage from dropping below a minimum level If the on board voltage drops to this DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Useful features minimum level the power outlets are automatically switched off to help preserve engine starting power 12V Power outlets H If you use all power outlets in the vehicle make sure that the maximum current drawn does not exceed 55 A H The power outlets in the front passenger footwell and cargo compartment are not designed for use with the electric air pump Use the power outlet in the second row footwell for electric air pump operation The power outlets can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories e g mobile phone chargers auxiliary lamps up to a maximum of 20 A 240 W u L ili Front passenger footwell Second ro
245. e the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch or KEYLESS GO button is in position 1 Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be severely damaged Have the battery checked regularly at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for maintenance intervals or contact an 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 335 Version 2 11 8 1 Battery authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information After battery power was interrupted do the following e Set the clock gt page 133 Vehicles with COMAND system with navigation module Time and date are set automatically e Synchronize the door windows gt page 107 e Synchronize the power tilt sliding sunroof gt page 183 e Synchronize the power tilt sliding panel gt page 186 e Synchronize the exterior rear view mirrors gt page 96 Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and could cause an explosion that may result in personal injury paint damage or corrosion An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and a
246. e to remove the cover in the corresponding side trim panel of the cargo compartment gt Open the tailgate gt Insert a suitable object such as a coin into the slot of lock gt Turn lock by 90 in direction of the arrow gt Remove cover 2 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 317 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing wiper blades gt Gently press the new bulb into its bulb socket and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Align the bulb socket and turn it clockwise gt Make sure the bulb socket is attached properly Close the respective cover in the cargo compartment Close the tailgate License plate lamps gt Insert a suitable object such as a coin into the slot of lock gt Turn lock Q by 90 in direction of the arrow gt Remove cover 2 Replacing bulbs Practical hints 5 gt Loosen screws 1 of lamp cover to be removed gt Remove lamp cover gt Replace the bulb gt Reinstall lamp cover 8230588031 gt Retighten screws Q Example illustration Rear lamp driver s side Tail lamp side marker lamp brake lamp parking and standing lamp bulb socket Replacing wiper blades Rear fog lamp bulb socket driver s side only A Warning Rear turn signal lamp bulb socket For safety reasons switch off the wipers and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Depending on which bulb needs to be vehicles wit
247. ead of child seat installed protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for After turning the SmartKey in the starter 8 y installation of special child seats switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the amp rass areac aa indicator lamp comes on for approximately 6 seconds and Seat belts then goes out If the amp Pass ar sasaa indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an Safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 authorized Mercedes Benz Center before states the District of Columbia the U S seating any child on the front passenger seat territories and all Canadian provinces More information can be found in the Even where this is not the case all vehicle Practical hints section gt page 307 occupants should have their seat belts fastened whenever the vehicle is in motion DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security 5 Occupant safety For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and children see Children in the vehicle gt page 55 A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should al
248. ear side windows The cargo compartment cover blind must be extended for installation behind the second row seats gt page 195 The cargo compartment cover blind has two blind extensions which are connected to the cargo compartment cover blind by cords Outboard second row seat locked When the seat is locked lock status indicator 1 is in hinged position and red marking is barely visible D A Lend mn Controls in detail u Second row middle seat Blind installed behind third row seats gt Rolling out Pull cargo compartment cover blind on handle 1 across the cargo compartment gt Guide cargo compartment cover blind into Folded position mounts 2 and release gt Pull seat release strap 1 of seat 2 in gt Rolling up Disengage cargo compartment direction of arrow cover blind and guide retraction by its The seat is released and flips up and handle backwards gt Push down on seat 2 until it engages in armrest position gt Pull seat backrest release strap 1 gt page 90 of seat backrest in direction of arrow gt Fold seat backrest to the rear until it engages audibly 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe ey mru ua Blind installed behind second row seats gt Removing Roll up cargo compartment cover blind gt Push release button gt Pull cargo compartment cover blind to the left gt Remove cargo compartment cover blind gt Installing For in
249. eating un Seating capacity 0 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 15 Version 2 11 8 1 Seals pirenea r EN E aE 81 Adjustment gu Bd Easy entry exit feature oe 92 Folding expanding cargo volume 189 Healing 91 Memory function so 96 Multicontour Seat n nee 90 Rear se ts senenseaiennsene 86 VentilatioM seseris ereen 90 Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings eseese 188 Selective setting see Key SmartKey Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test BabySmart ssnin 47 OCS Occupant Classification SyS TEM oaeen s EEKE 45 EES E inka 208 Service see Maintenance Service parts a e 344 Service and warranty information 20 Service intervals see Maintenance System Service indicator message Service life tires 241 Settings Factory setting KEYLESS GO 72 Factory setting SmartKey 71 Memory function ses 96 Men 130 Selective setting KEYLESS GO 73 Selective setting SmartKey Side impact air bags Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses cccsosveecscooes 265 Messages in the multifunction AISplay nee 295 Sidewall tires 4 250 Side windows see Power windows SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Snow chains uussssssssesseeee
250. ective status is based on the classified occupant weight category determined by weight sensor readings from the front passenger seat The system does not deactivate e the front passenger side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt properly fastened e in a position that is as upright as possible with the back against the seat backrest e with the feet on the floor If the occupant s weight is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on armrests the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant s weight category Furthermore the occupant weight may appear to increase or decrease due to the following objects hanging on the seat lodged underneath the seat stuffed between the seat and middle console or the seat and door other passengers pushing on the seat or 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 42 Version 2 11 8 1 objects applying pressure to the back of the seat Always make sure the seat has clearance in all directions at all times If your seat including the trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only seat accessories approved by Mercedes Benz may be used Both the driver and the front passenger should always use the amp indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not
251. ed Closing gt Closing manually Pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached Closing when the tilt sliding panel is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing the tilt sliding panel without automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding panel is blocked during the closing procedure e g by ice or pollution the tilt sliding panel will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding panel has stopped and opened because it was blocked pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 3 until the tilt sliding panel is fully closed Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Loading and storing If the tilt sliding panel is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding panel was blocked and has opened pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow until the tilt sliding panel is fully closed The tilt sliding panel closes without automatic reversal function A Warning Pulling and holding the roof panel switch to close the tilt sliding panel immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the tilt sliding panel to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the roof panel switch Synchronizing The
252. educing steering capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The self diagnosis may not be completed yet The display will clear after driving a short distance at a vehicle speed of above 12 mph 20 km h The brake system still functions normally but due to insufficient power supply the ABS the BAS the ESP and the PRE SAFE system are unavailable When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS the BAS the ESP and the PRE SAFE system are operational again and the message should disappear gt f the message does not disappear Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible In addition the yellow ESP warning lamp A comes on The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the BAS the ESP and the PRE SAFE system are unavailable The ABS may not be operational gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 276 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction di
253. ee the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the display or the following message appears in the multifunction display DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Tires and wheels punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure 1 for the tire Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 228 for proper tire inflation Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the original equipment tires on your vehicle The certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar It tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The certification label also tells 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 236 Version 2 11 8 1 you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gro
254. eeeeeneen Snow tires see Winter tires Sp re Wheel ss s s 050 444se44d0 hass Mounting es nn Storage location Speedometer ne 28 146 Speed settings Cruise Controleer 143 Distr nie sera e SS 149 Resume function c0068 144 150 SRS Indicator lamp 29 36 303 Messages in the multifunction display u nss seen 287 Standing water driving through 256 Starter switch positions KEYLESS GO u Rss 80 SMArtKeyas rate en 79 Starting difficulties engine 111 Starting the engine 110 Steering column see Multifunction steering wheel Adjustment Steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control 121 Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 212 Storage compartments 197 Storing tires oo ee ernennen nee 242 Stranded vehicle 340 Sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof Sunshade Rear door window 204 SUN VISOFS a ee 203 Suspension tuning see AIRMATIC Tachometer cccccesseeeeeeees 29 123 Overspeed range sirsenis 123 Tailgate COSINE ess een 75 Messages in the multifunction display zes 288 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 16 Version 2 11 8 1 OPENING ee 75 Power tailgate n 000enen 76 Tail lamps r unnn nn 313 Cleaning lenses uneesnsersnnneenen 265 Messages in the
255. eft rear center air vent adjustable When the front climate control panel is switched on or off the air supply through the rear center air vents is also switched on or off 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 164 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control B pillar air vents Air vents below rear quarter windows Vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control Vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control second row only second and third row only Side air vent adjustable Defrost air vent for rear quarter window Thumbwheel for air volume control fixed Controls in detail Air vent adjustable gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel to Thumbwheel for air volume control the left or to the right gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel upward or downward Climate control Control panel P63 30463631 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 165 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control Function Recommendation Notes Temperature control driver s Setthe temperature to 72 F gt page 168 side 22 C Air distribution and air volume Switches on the automatic gt page 167 automatic mode mode The indicator lamp in button auto comes on Front defroster Keep this setting selected gt page 168 only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Controls in detail A Increasing air volume gt page 168
256. ehicle is equipped with the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS It measures the tire inflation pressure in the vehicle s tires and issues warnings in case of pressure loss in one or more of the tires 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe The TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale in the instrument cluster Depending on how the telltale illuminates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continuously one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e If the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors N Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers N Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked
257. emergency such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated The gt Briefly press on cover to open gt Press SOS button briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center Response Center will attempt to determine Close cover Q after the emergency call is the nature of the emergency more precisely concluded provided they can speak to an occupant of z the vehicle A Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location If no vehicle occupant responds an ambulance will be sent to the vehicle immediately DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Useful features The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants Roadside Assistance button
258. en US Brake fluid level H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints When checking the brake fluid level the vehicle must be parked on level ground The brake fluid level is correct when it is between lower mark MIN and upper mark MAX of the brake fluid reservoir Tires and wheels Safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended ri ims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase Z Warning Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 227 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct A Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace
259. engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service procedures must be carried out regularly 15 Observe all legal requirements 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 260 Version 2 11 8 1 according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Maintenance Notes The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks the distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service It calculates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly We strongly recommend that you h
260. ent 2 into SmartKey housing until it locks into place gt Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey gt Check the operation of the SmartKey as well as the KEYLESS GO function 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 312 Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling to a large degree Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment A Warning Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Since replacing bulbs is a technically highly demanding process we recommend to have them replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high humidity driving the vehicle a distance with the lights on should clear up the fogging 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 313 d2
261. enus appears in the multifunction display There are more submenus than can be displayed simultaneously Settings Instrument Couster lime Uate Lighting m Press button The selection marker moves to the next submenu Scroll down with button with button With the selection marker on the desired submenu use button A to access the individual functions within that submenu Once within the submenu use button 4 to move to the next function or button to move to the previous function within that submenu gt Use button or to change the settings of the respective function The following lists show what settings can be changed within the various menus Detailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pages scroll up Instrument cluster submenu e Selecting speedometer odometer display mode gt page 132 Canada only e Selecting digital speedometer display mode gt page 132 DD Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Control system e Selecting language gt page 133 e Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt page 133 Time Date submenu e Setting the time gt page 133 e Setting th
262. eously close e the door windows e the hinged quarter windows e the tilt sliding sunroof e the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Afterward you can extend the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel A Warning When closing the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel make sure there is no danger of 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 109 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Power windows anyone being harmed by the closing Vehicles with panorama roof with power procedure tilt sliding panel If potential danger exists proceed as follows When tilt sliding panel is opened e Release button to stop the closing gt Press and hold button on the procedure To open press and hold button SmartKey until the windows and the tilt u To continue the closing procedure sliding panel are closed completely m after making sure that thereisnodangerof Press and hold button on the anyone being harmed by the closing SmartKey again 5 procedure press and hold button The roller sunblinds extend D Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Release button on the SmartKey to 2 e Release the lock button on the outside door interrupt the closing procedure 2 handle to stop the closing procedure When tilt sliding panel is closed Sem e Immedia
263. eploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software See Children in the vehicle gt page 55 for information on e infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle e restraint systems for infants and children SRS indicator lamp The SRS system conducts a self test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates detection of system malfunctions The SRS indicator lamp srs in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational readiness when the SRS indicator lamp srs is not lit while the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been detected if the SRS indicator lamp srs e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds after the engine was started e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started or while driving 251_AKB d2ureepe 4 52 en US N Warning The SRS self check has detected a malfunction when the SRS indicator lamp SRS e does not come on at all e does not go out after 4 seconds after the engine was started e comes on while driving For your safety we strongly recommend
264. er outlets in the passenger footwell and cargo compartment are not designed for use with the electric air pump Use the power outlet in the second row footwell for electric air pump operation gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once Do not depress the brake pedal gt Press I on electric air pump switch The electric air pump switches on and inflates the collapsible tire gt Inflate the collapsible tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 350 This should take approximately 5 minutes N Warning The air hose and the union nut can become hot during inflation Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when using the equipment H Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off H Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 329 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Press 0 on ele
265. er tailgate by pulling firmly on A minimum height clearance of 7 20 ft handles Q 2 20 m is required to open the tailgate gt Close tailgate with hands placed flat on it Once the tailgate touches the latch the Opening the tailgate from the outside tailgate will pull itself shut automatically Opening the tailgate from the inside A Warning Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children could open the tailgate from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Pre 20 2811 31 H Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance gt Pull on handle You can unlock the tailgate from the third row In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The seats and then open it manually vehicle must be unlocked gt Pull tailgate upwards to open DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail L Locking and unlocking gt Push handle in direction of arrow and hold it there gt From this position lift handle 1 in direction of arrow 8 and hold it there The tailgate is released and can be opened manually If you do not open the tailgate within a few seconds the tailgate lock will engage again automatically Additionally the tailgate will relock automatically if the vehicle was locked when the tailgate was released from the inside If the tailgate lock does not engage automatically and if applicable the tailgate does not relock after a few second
266. erval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification are used to renew the DD Technical data u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Fuels coolants lubricants etc coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level For information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticorrosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality contact an author
267. es USA only Services such as a jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable at no charge if the indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button 1 is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display eA on gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system Information button gt Open the telephone tray gt page 198 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 211 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt Press and hold Information button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The indicator lamp in Information button Q will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call will appear inthe multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system disp
268. es skin eye and respiratory irritation Any contact with eyes or skin should be flushed immediately with plenty of water If clothing comes in contact with TIREFIT change clothing as soon as possible In case of allergic reaction or rash consult a physician immediately N Warning Keep TIREFIT out of reach of children If swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting Consult a physician immediately Keep away from open flame or heat source If sealant has leaked out let it dry You can then peel it off If clothing has come in contact with TIREFIT have it dry cleaned with perchloroethylene as soon as possible 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 321 Version 2 11 8 1 A Warning Observe safety instructions on air pump label Your vehicle may be equipped with either of two versions of the electric air pump e Version 1 The air hose with pressure gauge and the electrical plug are located behind a flap e Version 2 The pressure gauge is located in the pump housing The air hose and electrical plug are located at the bottom of the pump housing The following description applies to both versions Differences in usage are expressly declared P40 10 5359 21 Version 1 Version 2 gt Version 1 only Open flap on the electric air pump gt Pull plug and air hose out of the pump housing gt Screw the air pump s air hose 5 ont
269. eser 290 Seat belts Multifunction steering wheel OCS Occupant Classification Adjustment uuiausekineeeene 91 System 42 Buttons neeeenennenentns 123 Selfktestin ae 45 Cle ninga e nee 267 Odometer cenip 125 Easy entry exit feature 92 137 Oil oil level Gearshift control ccecce 121 see Engine oil Healing sense 93 On board computer Memory function eeeneneen 96 see Control system OVErVieW eneeeenenennnnnnnnnnennnennnenennn nennen 30 One touch gearshifting 120 Operating safety en 22 IN Ornamental moldings cleaning 265 Navigation menu e 129 Outside temperature Navigation system see Displays see Separate operating instructions Overhead control panel 32 NECK PRO active front head ESF aa s3 iis Resetting REITER ETT 310 Paintwork cleaning SER AA MERES AN ES 264 Nets parcel oo eet 188 Paintwork code 345 Night security illumination 135 Panic alarm o r 62 Normal occupant weight Weagileaigaesenness 250 Panorama roof with power tilt Number vehicle identification Sliding panel n eeenn 184 VIN RE RE ORTEN E 345 Cleaning BEEN DEAT EATA A A EATA 266 Operation 184 lO Roller sunblinds 0 0 00 184 Occupant Classification System SYNCHhrONIZINg u 186 see OCS Occupant Classification Parcel MOUS near 188 System Parking eeneeeeneenneteeenteteennte
270. essively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly positioned on the body N Warning Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Observe the following points e Adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly DD Controls in detail u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail z e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible The center of the head restraint must support the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning The power seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised
271. essure Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar It provides best handling tread life and riding comfort Supplemental information pertaining to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 250 Version 2 11 8 1 Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation speed symbol indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Total l
272. et speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off Distronic Safety notes When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control increases the driving convenience afforded by the cruise control while traveling on expressways and other major roadways e If the Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at your preset following distance e If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you the Distronic will function in the same way as standard cruise control gt page 142 N Warning The Distronic requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system N Warning When the Distronic is braking the brake pedal is retracted i e depressed automatically The pedals range of motion must not be impeded by any obstacles e Do not place any objects in the footwell e Make sure that the floormats and carpets are securely in place Do not rest your foot underneath the brake pedal as it could otherwise
273. eted flashing continuously and there was no voice To ensure your system is activated and connection to the Response Center operational please press Information established then the Tele Aid system could button to perform the acquaintance not initiate an emergency call e g the call Failure to complete either of these relevant cellular phone network is not steps may result in a system that is not available activated The message Call Failed appears in the If you have any questions regarding multifunction display for approximately ke activation please call the Response Center 10 seconds S at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or Should this occur assistance must be 7 1 888 923 8367 in Canada summoned by other means o An emergency call is initiated automatically e ae T following an accident in which the Emergency The 911 emergency call system is a 8 public service Using it without due cause Tensioning Devices ETDs or air bags have F ne is a criminal offense deployed An emergency call can also be initiated Initiating an emergency call manually manually gt page 209 a5 f Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the
274. ether the wiper blade is securely collapsible tire Vehicles with an MOExtended fastened system do not have a spare wheel or a TIREFIT gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest onthe kit windshield For information on your vehicle s equipment see Rims and tires gt page 347 A Warning The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a spare wheel mounted Adapt your driving style accordingly Make sure you hold on to the wiper arm when folding it back H Make sure the wiper blades are installed properly Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage Rear wiper blade The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with a spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints A Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted N Warning Vehicles with AIRMATIC Do not open or close any doors or the tailgate while mounting a spare wheel The vehicle could rise or lower to a previously selected level You or others could be injured as a result Pre
275. ety and security Occupant safety Emergency Tensioning Device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the following seats are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters e front seats e outboard second row seats e third row seats The ETDs are designed to activate in the following cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold e in side impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold on the far side of the impact e in certain vehicle rollovers e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see SRS indicator lamp gt page 36 The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the front seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats second row seats or rear seats third row seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fastened In an impact the ETDs remove slack from the seat belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash The ETDs do not correct an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts The ETDs do not pull occupants back toward the seat backrest A Warning Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of t
276. eurtain ai 41 Air conditioning refrigerant and lubricant iscsi east 352 Air distribution 168 177 Air filter innne 294 AIRMATIC ADS Adaptive Damping System 153 Introduction insons 153 Messages in the multifunction display oroen ee 287 Vehicle level control 154 AIRMATIC Compass menu 129 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pressure tires 249 Air pump electric 328 Air recirculation mode 169 179 Air volume o 0 ccc cececceeeeeeeeeees 168 178 Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool Kill arena 270 327 All wheel drive 4MATIC 156 Alternator Messages in the multifunction display su 282 292 Alternator Technical data see Vehicle specification Anticorrosion antifreeze 356 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems ee 67 Anti theft alarm system 67 Immobili Zei ainiin 67 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Armrest front Storage compartment ene 198 Telephone tray ecenin 198 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Armrest rear Storage compartment Ashtrays nee Aspect ratio tires Audio DVD menu uu eeeeeee Auto dimming rear view mirrors 94 Automatic central locking 74 137 Autom
277. example a rubber mat Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects to support the jack Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Also observe the notes on the jack 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects When your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it is included with the vehicle tool kit gt page 270 For information on setting up the collapsible wheel chock see gt page 272 N Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others Changing a wheel on a level surface P40 00214331 Changing rear wheel on passenger side example illustration Place a wheel chock or other sizeable object in front of and another wheel chock or other sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Changing a wheel on a slight decline Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so on a slight decline 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 325 Version 2 11 8 1 Changing wheel on passenger side example illustration Place wheel chocks or other sizeable objects on the downhill side in front of
278. f the on board voltage drops to this minimum level the power outlets are switched off automatically to help preserve engine starting power Sealing tires with TIREFIT This section applies to vehicles retrofitted with a TIREFIT kit only Small tire punctures particularly those in the tread can be sealed with TIREFIT TIREFIT can be used in ambient temperatures down to 4 F 20 C A Warning TIREFIT is a limited repair device TIREFIT cannot be used for cuts or punctures larger than approximately 0 16 in 4 mm and tire damage caused by driving with extremely low tire inflation pressure or on a flat tire or a damaged wheel Do not drive the vehicle under such circumstances Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center for assistance or call Roadside Assistance gt Foreign objects e g screws or nails should not be removed from the tire gt Take the TIREFIT kit the sticker and the electric air pump out of the vehicle 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe i LidSHIL P40 10 5007 31 Two part sticker gt Attach upper part 1 of the sticker where it will be easily seen by the driver on the instrument cluster gt Attach lower part 2 of the sticker to the damaged tire close to the tire valve Z Warning Take care not to allow the contents of TIREFIT to come in contact with hair eyes or clothing TIREFIT is harmful if inhaled swallowed or absorbed through the skin caus
279. f menus available in the system depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle For more information on menus displayed in the multifunction display see Menus and submenus gt page 126 Controls in detail u Trip odometer Main odometer 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 126 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Menus and submenus E u io gt N C7 eo masage mer mamay PS4 32 7703 31 O 7 ea The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not necessarily identical to Trip computer menu gt page 139 those shown in the multifunction display The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Controls in detail E Function Telephone menu gt page 140 Standard display menu Function Settings menu gt page 130 gt Press button 4 or X7 to select the functions in the Standard display menu Standard display menu gt page 126 Audio DVD menu gt page 128 Navigation menu gt page 129 LL d AIRMATIC Compass menu Standard display gt page 129 In the standard display trip odometer Q and 5 7 main odometer 2 appear in the ER Distronic menu gt page 129 multifunction display Vehicle status message gt If you see another dis
280. fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and orthe child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Installation of infant and child restraint systems This vehicle is equipped with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seat backrests The tether anchorage ring of the second row middle seat is located on the rear of the seat base gt page 59 DD Safety and security u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security E Occupant safety Top tether straps enable an additional connection to be made between child restraint systems secured with LATCH type anchors and rear seats This can further reduce the risk of injury Observe Safety notes see page 55 Outboard second row and third row seats Press in lower part of anchorage ring cover Q on the seat backrest on which a child seat is to
281. formation on to the Response Center The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance e Information The Tele Aid system is operational providing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cellular and GPS coverage is available The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satellites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means A Tele Aid call cannot be canceled Even if the Tele Aid system is not activated or operational the system will attempt to connect the respective call This may take as long as five minutes or more As long as the Tele Aid system attempts to connect a call you cannot operate the COMAND system Also most functions in the control system such as the telephone function are suspended Therefore it is not advisable to initiate any Tele Aid call unless the Tele Aid system is activated and operational 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 208 Version 2 11 8 1 To adjust the speaker volume during a Tele Aid call do the following gt Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Use the adjustment button on
282. from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 303 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and the seat belt telltale illuminates continuously The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver and front passenger s seat belt are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions srs The red SRS There is a malfunction in the restraint systems The air bags or indicator lamp Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly comes on while or fail to activate in an accident driving gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center a 7 n N Warning Center immediately to have the system In the event a malfunction of the SRS is checked Otherwise the SRS may not be e indicated as outlined above the SRS may not activated when needed in an accident which be operational could result in serious or fatal injury or it o For your safety we strongly recommend that Might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily 5 you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz which could also result in injury a Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A The ye
283. front air bags The front passenger front air bag will only be deployed if e vehicles with OCS USA only the system based on OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied e the Ry pass ar sasaa indicator lamp in the center console is not lit USA only gt page 42 Canada only gt page 45 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold H Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Side impact air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 N Warning The pressure sensors for side impact air bag control are located in the doors Do not modify any components of the doors or door trim panels including for example the addition of door speakers Improper repair work on the doors or the modification or addition of components tothe doors create a risk of rendering the side 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 41 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety impact air bags inoperative or causing deceleration or acceleration exceeds the unintended air bag deployment Work on the preset deployment threshold for the side air doors must therefore only be performed by bags qualified tec
284. front passenger front air bags are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e depending on whether the respective seat belt is in use e independently of the side impact air bags and or the window curtain air bags The front air bags in this vehicle have been designed to inflate in two stages This allows the air bags to have different rates of inflation The rate of inflation is based on the vehicle deceleration rate as assessed by the air bag control unit Vehicles with OCS USA only The front passenger front air bag deployment is additionally influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 42 Vehicles with OCS USA only The lighter the front passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 40 Version 2 11 8 1 stage inflation of the front passenger front air bag The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The front air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the
285. fuel economy e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics Overinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wear e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire inflation pressure Safety notes A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing
286. function for as long as you hold the sunroof switch Power tilt sliding sunroof Synchronizing The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchronized e after the battery has been disconnected or discharged e after a malfunction e if the tilt sliding sunroof does not open smoothly H If the tilt sliding sunroof cannot be closed or synchronized contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Vehicles with SmartKey Switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Switch off the ignition and open the driver s door This puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Remove the fuse for the tilt sliding sunroof from the fuse box gt page 340 gt Reinsert the fuse in the fuse box gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow gt page 182 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear gt Keep holding the sunroof switch in direction of arrow Q for approximately 1 second gt Check the express operation feature gt page 182 If the tilt sliding sunroof opens and closes completely the roof is synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail 7 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 184 Ve
287. g The rear view camera either will not function or will not function to its full capability if e the tailgate is open e it is raining very hard snowing or foggy e it is night or you are parking maneuvering your vehicle in an area where it is very dark e the camera Is exposed to a very bright white light 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 160 Version 2 11 8 1 e the immediate surroundings are illuminated with fluorescent light the display may flicker e there is a sudden change in temperature e g if you drive into a heated garage from the cold lens condensation e the camera lens is dirty or covered e the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this case have the position and setting of the camera checked by a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you contact a Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Do not use the rear view camera in these situations Otherwise you could injure yourself or others and or damage property including your vehicle while parking maneuvering A Warning Use of rear view camera can be dangerous if you are color blind or have impaired color vision Only use rear view camera if you can see and distinguish all colored guidelines shown by rear view camera on the COMAND system display P54 00 2701 31 Camera lens Q must be free of dirt ice snow and slush to function properly Clean the camera lens regularly Being careful not to scratch or damage the camer
288. g and the fuel filler cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp to flash and the malfunction indicator lamp SRECK USA ENGINE only or i Canada only to illuminate For more information see also Practical hints gt page 305 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Opening Press fuel filler flap Q at the point indicated by the arrow gt Turn fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise gt Take off fuel filler cap H The fuel filler cap is tethered to the fuel filler neck Do not drop the cap It could damage the vehicle paint finish gt Set fuel filler cap 2 on fuel filler flap gt Fully insert filler nozzle unit and refuel gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top off or overfill gt Closing Turn fuel filler cap 2 clockwise until it audibly engages gt Close fuel filler flap Low outside temperatures diesel engine H Do not fill the tank with gasoline Do not blend diesel fuel with gasoline or kerosene The fuel system and engine will otherwise be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To prevent malfunctions diesel fuel with improved cold flow characteristics is offered
289. g in a significantly increased 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 254 Version 2 11 8 1 braking distance which could lead to an accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully when you are driving on salt covered roads so that any layer of salt that may have built up on the brake discs and the brake linings is removed without putting other road users at risk e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake disc Brake service H The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low if the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on and an acoustic warning sounds although the parking brake is released Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz N Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking
290. g lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 97 USA only You can only switch on the high beam headlamps in low ambient lighting conditions The high beam flasher is available at all times gt For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position D or auto to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position 300 lt or 2 the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 97 Fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position auro DD Controls in detail u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Lighting A Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position auto to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from auto to D will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permissible lamp operation gt Switch on the ignitio
291. g to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 229 Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 229 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe P40 00 2133 31 The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures 1 for maximum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Important notes on tire inflation pressure N Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and resu
292. g to occur gt Wait for the gear selection process to complete before setting the vehicle in motion gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal After a cold start the automatic transmission shifts at a higher engine speed This allows the catalytic converter gasoline engine or the oxidation catalyst diesel engine to reach its operating temperature earlier For more information on driving see Driving instructions gt page 253 Driving and parking Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e Gasoline engine An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be operating properly e Gasoline engine Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it gt Give very little gas gt Have the problem checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool off Check the coolant level and add coolant if necessary gt page 225 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circumstances gt Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway
293. g vehicles Distance warning function This function warns you at a vehicle speed of above approximately 20 mph 30 km h in the following cases e At the current speed the distance between your vehicle and the preceding vehicle is too low for several seconds The distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on e You are gaining on a preceding vehicle rapidly An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on If these warnings are issued you must apply the brakes to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the preceding vehicle When depressing the brake pedal the warning sound ceases The warning sound will also cease when the distance to the preceding vehicle is sufficient again without applying the brakes In this case the distance warning lamp will also go out A Warning If the distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a possible obstacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking application This will not always enable you to avoid a collision especially when traveling on varying road surface conditions and with varying driver reaction
294. ges in the multifunction display 2 Mixing ratio Refill Washing the vehicle 262 Wear pattern tires 243 Weights vehicle see Vehicle specification Wheel CHAN SINS esanen REIMOVINE so siessessonesscesssesvectesxeseseeses Spale siais iinei Tightening torque Wheels sizes 2u42040 ne Wheels Tires and Window curtain air bags 41 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning 266 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades 266 Infrared reflecting Washer fluid WIPES use een Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades 317 Winter cover cceeeeseeeeeees 224 251 Winter driving Instructi nss uan ss 252 BOB EE 251 E nS 252 Ssevantveneveye 251 251 347 Paar Rade E erei 268 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Introduction 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 20 Version 2 11 8 1 Product Information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even
295. ges in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 274 Practical hints ey A Warning and If the 3 ras air saca indicator lamp does not e open the driver s door illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey into the starter switch Removing the mechanical key Unlocking locking manually Unlocking the vehicle If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO unlock the driver s door using the mechanical key The anti theft alarm system will trigger when you SmartKey e unlocking the driver s door with the mechanical key 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 309 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Unlocking locking manually If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO lock it as follows Close the front passenger door the right rear door and the tailgate Open the driver s door and the rear left door mmmms gt Press the central locking switch F gt page 74 a WIDER SS a knobs of the front passenger gt Move locking tab 1 in the direction of door and the rear doors move down fr arrow gt Ifthe vehicle battery isdisconnectedor gt Slide mechanica
296. gh beam and high beam flasher bulb halogen headlamps only gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket 4 DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Replacing bulbs 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 316 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Place bulb socket back into the housing Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket Q gt Place bulb socket back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise until it engages Front turn signal lamp bulb gt Turn bulb socket with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it Pa2 10 5618 31 gt On both sides open catch 5 and pull bulb out of bulb socket 2 gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket gt Place bulb socket 2 back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages Parking and standing lamp bulb gt Turn bulb socket 1 with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket Q Before you start to replace a bulb for a rear lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 Tail lamp unit To access the tail lamp units you first hav
297. gh type H in the multifunction display Types A through H are classified based on estimated time needed to perform the maintenance service ranging from Service A gt Clearing the maintenance service indicator message manually Press reset button 1 on the instrument cluster The standard display appears in the multifunction display approximately 1 hour to Service H approximately 8 hours Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested maintenance service term you will see the Refer to Maintenance Booklet for a listing of following message in the multifunction maintenance services and intervals they need display to be performed at Service A Exceeded By XXXXX Miles Km Service A Exceeded By XXX Days Service A Exceeded By X Day In addition a signal sounds when the message appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Vehicle care Calling up the maintenance service indicator display The menu overview can be found on gt page 126 You can call up the maintenance service indicator display at any time to check when the next maintenance service is required Switch on the ignition gt Press button or EP on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display gt page 126 appears in the multifunction display gt Press
298. gs to the vehicle to operate Vehicle the vehicle Change The batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are Key discharged Batteries Replace the batteries gt page 310 Key Not The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the Detected engine is running because the SmartKey is not in the vehicle message gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so a n gt Engage the parking brake Search for the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked centrally nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped T F Key Not The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the Detected engine is running because there is strong radio frequency message interference appears in red fi gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Remove the KEYLESS GO button from the starter switch gt page 80 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 290 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Key Not The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is momentarily not detected Detected gt Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle message if necessary remove the KEYLESS GO button from the ee ul starter switch gt page 80 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the sta
299. gt Open the telephone tray gt page 198 gt Press and hold Roadside Assistance button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button 1 will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Cal will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 210 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Describe the nature of the need for assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more information Sign and Drive servic
300. gt Turn storage well casing by approximately 180 The electric air pump gt page 271 points towards the rear gt Remove storage well casing 3 gt Remove spare wheel 2 For information on mounting the spare wheel see Flat tire gt page 319 Storing the spare wheel after use There are two guide pins in the spare wheel well that serve to hold the spare wheel in place Place the spare wheel into the spare wheel well Practical hints a gt Make sure the spare wheel is placed precisely on guide pins gt Place storage well casing 3 gt page 273 into the spare wheel The electric air pump gt page 271 must point to the rear gt Turn storage well casing 8 gt page 273 by approximately 180 The electric air pump gt page 271 points in direction of travel The storage well casing should now be positioned according to the mounting direction indicators gt page 271 gt Secure the spare wheel by turning retaining screw 1 gt page 273 clockwise gt Place the jack into the vehicle tool kit gt page 271 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints 2 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 274 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Notes Warning and malfunction messages appear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster
301. h N Warning the vehicle s seat belt according to the child If the red SRS indicator lamp seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated The pass air sac Ga indicator DS will be ms except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 srs in the instrument cluster and the EA PASS AIR Bac 3 indicator lamp are lit at the same time there is a malfunction in the OCS The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked as soon as possible by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed The OCS may have determined e that the seat was empty or occupied by the weight up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint both of which are instances 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e Do not place more than 4 4 Ib 2 kg into the parcel net on the back of the front passenger seat Otherwise the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight catego
302. h KEYLESS GO Make sure the replaced turn the respective bulb socket vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 counterclockwise before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the gt Pull the bulb socket out of the housing wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause gt Gently press onto the bulb and turn it U counterclockwise out of its bulb socket 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Replacing wiper blades 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 318 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints A Warning Wiper blades are componentsthatare subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windows will not be wiped properly As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic conditions and could cause an accident H Never open the hood when a front wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding a wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield or the rear window Do not allow a wiper arm to contact the windshield glass or the rear window without a wiper blade inserted Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 gt page 80 Front wiper blades H Do not pull on the wiper bla
303. h information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap The following message will appear in the multifunction display Operation a When the wheel positions have been changed the inflation pressure of a tire may be displayed for the wrong position temporarily After driving for a few minutes the inflation pressure will be shown for the correct position gt Using the Tire and Loading Information Maximum tire inflation pressure placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 or the supplemental tire A Warning inflation pressure information onthe inside Never exceed the maximum tire inflation of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire pressure Follow recommended tire inflation inflation pressure of all four tires is correct pressures gt Switch on the ignition Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires gt Press button or EF on the wear excessively and or unevenly adversely multifunction steering wheel repeatedly affect handling and fuel economy and are until the standard display appears in the more likely to fail from being overheated multifunction display gt page 126 Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can gt Press button Z or X7 repeatedly until adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become you s
304. h type injuries In the event of a rear end collision the NECK PRO active front head restraints on the front seats are designed to move forward in the direction of travel They thus provide the head with increased support earlier on in the collision sequence The NECK PRO active front head restraints will move forward whether the seats are occupied or not Occupant safety N Warning Do not attach any objects e g hangers tothe head restraint posts Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints may not be able to function properly or offer the intended degree of protection they were designed for in the event of a rear end collision A Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints and or the deployment of the front side impact air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability When the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered in an accident the NECK PRO active front head restraints must be reset Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints cannot offer any additional protection in the event of another rear end collision For information on resetting the activated NECK PRO active front head restraints see Resetting activated head restraints gt page
305. have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 49 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety e Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible e Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions Z Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening the seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children
306. he pyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safety 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 52 Version 2 11 8 1 instructions These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The PRE SAFE system has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners that do not require replacement after activation Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE N Warning The PRE SAFE system is intended to reduce the effects of an accident on vehicle occupants who are wearing their seat belt properly Despite your vehicle being equipped with the PRE SAFE system the possibility of personal injuries occurring as a result of an accident cannot be eliminated Therefore always drive carefully and adjust your driving to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions The PRE SAFE system takes preventive measures to better protect the occupants from the possibility of personal injuries in the following hazardous situations e emergency braking maneuvers with the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 64 activated e critical dynamic driving situations e g when the vehicle has been caused to understeer or oversteer because it has exceeded its physical limitations or in case of evasive steering maneuvers at speeds above approximately 85 mph 140 km h PRE SAFE takes the following measures when it is activated e The front seat belts are pre tensioned automatically e Vehicles with front passenger seat memory function If the p
307. he KEYLESS GO start stop button and open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically When leaving the SmartKey in the starter switch do not leave children unattended in the vehicle It is possible for children to switch A Warning on the ignition which could result in unsupervised use of vehicle equipment Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine With SmartKey omenise ie yengi coulaire away Aust gt Make sure the ignition is switched on could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed Moving the gear selector lever up ordown gt Shift the automatic transmission into Controls in detail shifts the automatic transmission out of neutral position N park position P gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake Shifting into neutral position N gt Switch off the ignition and leave the gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the SmartKey in the starter switch brake pedal With KEYLESS GO gt Move the gear selector lever up or down to the resistance point to select neutral pos
308. he climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary A Warning If you switch off the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others gt Set the desired temperature gt page 176 gt Activating Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on AUTO 11 Canada only 12 USA only 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 176 Version 2 11 8 1 The settings for the passenger side are also used for the rear passenger compartment gt Deactivating Press button or The indicator lamp in button auto goes out The automatic air volume is switched off and is controlled according to the desired setting The automatic air distribution remains switched on or 11 i w a or gt Press an air distribution button 17 In 0 ti ve The indicator lamp in button auro goes out The automatic air distribution is switched off and is controlled according to the desired position The automatic air volume remains switched on Automatic mode with rear climate contr
309. he seat is being adjusted Children in the vehicle Safety notes If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child gt Make sure the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion Z Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 55 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for exa
310. he turn signal lamps flash once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed Unless you open a door or the tailgate within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed To cancel the alarm do one of the following gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch gt Press button or onthe SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 68 Version 2 11 8 1 The SmartKey must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe gt 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 69 Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel 91 Min ONS 2 een esse nee Driving and parking Automatic transmission Transfer case Instrument cluster ur Control system aaae Brivingisystems ee Overview of climate control sys tem functions and air vents 162 Climate Control c ccccccceceeeeees 164 3 zone automatic climate control 170 Rear window defroster 180 Power tilt sliding sunroof 181 Panorama roof with power tilt Sliding panellists 184 Loading and storing 186 Useful featu
311. hnicians Contact an authorized El Vehicles with BabySmart air bag Mercedes Benz Center deactivation system Canada only Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold A Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of Safety and security Front side impact air bags 1 and rear side the side impact air bags Contact an impact air bags 2 are designed to provide authorized Mercedes Benz Center for increased protection for the thorax but not availability the head neck and arms The side impact air bags are deployed Window curtain air bags e on the impacted side of the vehicle N Observe Safety notes see page 37 e in side impacts exceeding a preset deployment threshold e regardless of whether the seat belts on the impacted side of the vehicle are in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs Vehicles with OCS USA only The front passenger side impact air bag will not deploy if the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is empty and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened With the front passenger Window curtain air bags are designed to seat empty and the seat be
312. horized Mercedes Benz Center to check if they are suitable for further use The failed tire must be replaced in any case When replacing individual or all tires on the vehicle make sure only tires marked with MOExtended are mounted in the size specified for your vehicle gt page 347 Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine only Driving the vehicle until the fuel tank is empty is not recommended Otherwise air may be sucked into the fuel system If this happens the malfunction indicator lamp USA only or 24 Canada only comes on and the engine may not start immediately after refueling the vehicle After refueling gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P The gear position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt Do not depress the accelerator gt If necessary remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 for at least 10 seconds gt Return the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold it there for a maximum of 40 seconds or until the engine runs surge free If the engine does not start gt Wait for approximately 2 minutes gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold it there for a maximum of 40 seconds or until the engine runs surge free 2009 03 23T09
313. horter following distance to the preceding vehicle Driving with Distronic This section describes a number of driving situations where special precaution is required on the part of the driver Be prepared to brake in such situations Braking will deactivate the Distronic system Z Warning The Distronic works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead of you at your set distance This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you have changed lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the preceding vehicle is in a sharp turn the Distronic could lose sight of the preceding vehicle Your vehicle could then accelerate to the previously selected speed 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 151 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems The Distronic regulates only the distance between your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by means of steering or braking the vehicle Z Warning The Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty Distronic system sensor cover located in the hood gr
314. ic brakes the If the Distronic calculates that there is a vehicle in an effort to restore the preset danger of collision the distance warninglamp distance or to maintain the set speed The A in the instrument cluster comes onand brake pedal is automatically applied as this an intermittent warning sounds happens which results in the brake pedal gt Immediately apply the brakes to avoid a morne collision Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Under no circumstances should the driver including the area under the brake pedal await the intermittent warning sound Objects stored in this area may impair pedal before braking movement which could interfere with the The intermittent warning sound ceases and reiking WENDE eu 20 the distance warning lamp A goes out Do not place your foot under the brake pedal when the necessary distance to the vehicle your foot could become caught ahead is established again N Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp A Jin the instrument Distronic menu in the control system Use the DISTRONIC menu to display the current settings for your Distronic system cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system The information shown in the multifunction calculates that the distance to the vehicle display depends on whether the Distronic ahead and your vehicle s current speed system and or the distance warning function indicate that the
315. icator lamp in the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures The indicator lamp in button 6 amp 9 is not lit when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatically A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes If you have turned off the air conditioning or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C the air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically gt Deactivating Press button The indicator lamp in the button goes out Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Rear window defroster The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C after 5 minutes if the air conditioning and air drying are turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C At outside temperatures above 79 F 26 C the system will not automatically switch back to outside air A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine How long the system will provide heating depends on the coola
316. icle at the jack take up brackets Make gt Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground take up bracket If you do not position the jack correctly in the jack take up bracket the vehicle can fall off the jack and seriously or fatally injure you or others H Do not position the jack on the body of the vehicle as this may cause damage to the vehicle 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 327 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Removing the wheel N Warning a an er Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack P40 10 5383 31 gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt and remove it gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt gt Remove the remaining bolts P40 10 6354 31 Wheel bolt D must be used for 19 and 20 light alloy wheels Wheel bolt must be used H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the wheel Practical hints bolts and wheel hub threads for the spare wheel The wheel bolts for the spare wheel are located in the cargo gt Remove the wheel compartment with the spare wheel H Wheel bolts must be used when mounting the spare wheel with collapsible N Warning tire The use of any wheel bolts other than
317. icle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Occupant safety Introduction In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraints e Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH Additional protection potential is provided by e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with Air bags Air bag control unit with crash sensors Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for seat belts Seat belt force limiter e NECK PRO active front head restraints e Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE e Air bag system components with Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only Front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS Canada only Front passenger seat with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Although the systems are independent their protective functions work in conjunction with each other 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 36 Version 2 11 8 1 A Warning Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to d
318. ics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 86 Version 2 11 8 1 seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Rear seat adjustment J N Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and seat belts are properly positioned on the body Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted After adjusting rear seats make sure
319. ide using the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with you Press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch Q briefly The tailgate closes Once the tailgate and all doors are closed e The vehicle locks e The turn signals flash three times to confirm locking e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed If the tailgate comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the tailgate reopens This may happen if luggage has been piled too high for example The closing process is stopped if the system cannot recognize a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO anymore Make sure the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the tailgate Repeat the closing procedure if necessary The tailgate remains unlocked when a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle to prevent a possible inadvertent lockout In this case the turn signals will not flash and the anti theft alarm will be triggered when the tailgate is opened 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 78 Version 2 11 8 1 Opening closing the tailgate from the inside Opening N Observe Safety notes see page 76 A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the tailgate with the door mounted remote tailgate switch Monitor the opening procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being
320. ies always replace both batteries The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 308 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 311 Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing SmartKey batteries SmartKey P80 35 2421 31 gt Press mechanical key 2 into the SmartKey opening until battery compartment cover Q opens Do not keep the cover shut P90 35 238231 gt Remove the battery compartment cover gt Pat the SmartKey against the palm of your hand until battery 3 falls out Insert the new battery with the positive terminal facing up Use a lint free cloth Insert the tabs of the battery compartment cover into the housing and press the cover closed gt Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey gt Check the operation of the SmartKey Practical hints 5 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Replacing bulbs P80 35 239 31 amp Insert mechanical key 1 into opening gt Press mechanical key 1 in direction of arrow Battery compartment 2 is unlatched gt Pull battery compartment 2 out of the SmartKey housing Practical hin P80 35 2363 31 gt Pull out batteries gt Insert new batteries 8 under contact springs with the positive terminal side facing up gt Return battery compartm
321. if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Load index Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Operation E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pr
322. if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and pre approved conversion parts and accessories are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Vehicle equipment Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional eq
323. ifferently when the roof panel switch is pressed and held See the Closing when the tilt sliding panel is blocked section in this chapter for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding panel can be immediately halted by releasing the roof panel switch or if the roof panel switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the roof panel switch in any direction N Warning The panorama roof with tilt sliding panel is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding panel Do not open the tilt sliding panel if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 185 Version 2 11 8 1 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding panel when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicl
324. igher speed Setting current or lower speed Deactivating the Distronic Activating the Distronic or resuming to the last set speed Activating Distronic You can activate the Distronic when the vehicle speed is between 20 mph 30 km h and 110 mph 180 km h When the Distronic is activated one or two cruise control speed segments around the set speed in the speedometer dial are illuminated The multifunction display will show a message such as DISTRONIC 55 MPH Canada DISTRONIC 90 km h After approximately 5 seconds the currently set speed appears in the status indicator of the multifunction display e USA only e g DIR 55 Miles e Canada only e g DIR 90 km h If the Distronic is not activated after the cruise control lever is pulled in direction of arrow 4 gt page 148 you will see the message DISTRONIC Off in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate the Distronic e up to 2 minutes after starting the engine e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 149 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e when the ESP is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system Setting the current speed g
325. ight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag will not deploy only if the By rassa saci indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the 3 rass ar saca indicator lamp every time you use a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat Should the By pass ae sacan indicator lamp go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the 3 rass ar sactaa indicator lamp remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 47 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety A Warning Do not place powered on laptops mobile phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passes and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Such signal interference may cause the 3 rass ar sasam indicator lamp not to come on during self test The SRS indicator lamp srs and or the By pass air sc indicator lamp could be continuously lit indicating that the sys
326. ighting Driving in reverse The front fog lamp opposite to your steering direction comes on The corner illuminating front fog lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating front fog lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatically depending on the steering angle and vehicle speed The corner illuminating front fog lamps temporarily come on on both sides of the vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then again in the other direction shortly thereafter The corner illuminating front fog lamp remains lit for a short time only It then goes out automatically Switching off gt Switch off the left or right turn signal or gt Steer straight ahead There may be a brief delay before the corner illuminating front fog lamps go out 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 102 Version 2 11 8 1 O Left front reading lamp on off Rear interior lighting on off Automatic control on off Front interior lighting on off Right front reading lamp on off Front interior lighting Front reading lamps Front interior lighting Lf gt a x7 Lf Automatic control OFF gt Activating Press button Button amp disengages and sits flush with the other buttons The interior lighting comes on when you e unlock the vehicle
327. ille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case the Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic system sensor cover see gt page 265 if the message DISTRONIC Available Again appears during driving the dirt e g slush has dissolved the Distronic works again if you reactivate it gt page 148 Turns and bends PS4 70 2424 31 In turns or bends the Distronic may not detect a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems Offset driving A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detected by the Distronic There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicle Lane changing The Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle changing lanes There will be insufficient distance to the lane changing vehicle Narrow vehicles a eae wee eee ee el le en ait PS4 70 2427 31 Because of their narrow profile the vehicles traveling near the outer edges of the lane 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 152 Version 2 11 8 1 have not yet been detected by the Distronic There will be insufficient distance to the precedin
328. ilts upwards when you open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 93 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 When the current position for the steering Switch on the ignition wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the Switching on Turn switch at the tip of the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly interrupted when the engine is started N Warning Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in motion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose stalk in direction of arrow Q Indicator lamp 8 comes on The steering wheel heating may be suspended temporarily However indicator lamp remains on The steering wheel heating is suspended when the temperature of the vehicle interior is above 86 F 30 C It is also suspended when the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C When these conditions do not apply anymore steering wheel heating control of the vehicle Controls in detail 7 continues Crash responsive exit aid gt Switching off Turn switch at the tip of ee aa aes ne stalk in direction of arrow
329. imate control The climate control is operational whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in either the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system A Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode is deactivated gt page 167 A Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up OFF goes out impairing visibility and endangering you and others Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 108 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster Deactivating the
330. in the in contact with the road and result in multifunction display damage to the vehicle underbody Always make sure the vehicle has sufficient ground clearance before adjusting it to a lower level gt Start the engine 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail i Driving systems gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Start the engine When indicator lamp is on gt Press switch 4 Indicator lamp 2 flashes The vehicle adjusts to the highway level The following message appears in the multifunction display while the level is being set Compass NE The message can be cleared by pressing the CE 2 or lt 7 button on the multifunction steering wheel When the highway level is reached indicator lamp 2 goes out and the following message appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds Compass HIRMH TIC G o NE Ee The vehicle level raised from highspeed level to highway level automatically when the vehicle speed falls below 40 mph 64 km h In the raised level the vehicle level is lowered to the highway level automatically when the vehicle speed is exceeding 25 mph 40 km h All wheel drive 4MATIC In vehicles with all wheel drive 4MATIC both axles are powered at all times when the vehicle is being operated The 4MATIC 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 156 Version 2 11 8 1 improves tra
331. ine engine Only use premium unleaded gasoline The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Reformulated gasolines RFG and or unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol TAME ETBE IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Diesel engine Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM that meets the ASTM D975 standard Failure to use ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL can severely damage the vehicle s exhaust after treatment device To prevent malfunctions diesel fuel with improved cold flow characteristics is offered in the winter months Check with your fuel retailer DD Technical data 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Fuels coolants lubricants etc H Do not fill the tank with gasoline Do not blend diesel fuel with gasoline or ke
332. ing Adjustments You can adjust the air volume and the temperature when the front defroster is switched on The air flow will remain on the windshield and front door windows 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 169 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control gt Press button to decrease or button Air recirculation mode 9 to increase air volume to the desired level The air volume decreases increases to the next lower higher blower speed and heating switches to the temperature that was set before the front defroster was Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment switched on The indicator lamp in button goes out A Warning The indicator lamp in button 4 comes Fogged windows impair visibility on endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the ai irculation mode i diately should gt Turn temperature control 1 and or N ee eee ET 164 slightly i RA clear interior window fogging If interior gt pee j slightly in any direction window fogging persists make sure the air Heating switches to the temperature that conditioning is activated or press button or Controls in detail
333. ing from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 148 If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating Distronic gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 8 gt page 148 The cruise control speed segments in the speedometer dial will go out and the following message appears briefly in the multifunction display DISTRONIC Off The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The Distronic switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake In this case the cruise control speed segments in the speedometer dial will go out The Distronic also switches off automatically when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h e the ESP is in operation e the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 150 Version 2 11 8 1 the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving The cruise control speed segments in the speedometer dial goes out and an acoustic warning will sound Observe additional messages in the multifunction displ
334. ing lamp in the fuel gauge comes on while driving Engine Problem Sans USA only i Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running Swane USA only 4 Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 305 Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark gt Refuel at the next gas station Possible causes consequences and Solutions There may be a malfunction in e the fuel management system e the ignition system e the emission control system e systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to limp home emergency operation mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop as soon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on Check local requirements A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Check the fuel cap gt page 220 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Diesel engin
335. int manufacturer s instructions Child seat anchors LATCH type Z Observe Safety notes see page 55 A Warning Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install child seat according to manufacturer s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached to both anchors An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be replaced Each of the outboard second row seats and third row seats has two LATCH type anchors for the installation of a LATCH type child seat with matching mounting fittings Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 61 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety The LATCH type anchors on the outboard second row seats are covered with upholstery blends t gt Remove anchorage ring covers 3 from anchors 4 of the third row seat on which a child seat is t
336. ion of arrow Q Override switch N Observe Safety notes see page 55 With the override switch you can disable the rear door window switches in the rear door panels This can be useful for instance when you have children riding in the rear passenger compartment A Warning Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the rear door window opening gt Activating Press override switch Q The switch engages in recessed position 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 62 Version 2 11 8 1 The rear door windows can no longer be operated using the respective switch located in the rear doors You can still operate the rear door windows using the switches located on the door control panel of the driver s door gt Deactivating Press override switch 1 again The switch disengages from its recessed position back to its original position The rear door windows can be operated again using the respective switch located in the rear doors For more information on power windows see the Controls in detail section gt page 106 Panic alarm P80 00 2160 21 Example illustration SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Activating Press and hold Panic button Q for at least 1 second An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate briefly gt Deactivating Press Panic button
337. ion display Safety systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions QSOS Tele Aid One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are Inoperativ malfunctioning e gt Have the Tele Aid system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Restraint The system is malfunctioning SYS ___ gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Malfunctio Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked a i immediately Service 2 Required lt N Warning Center immediately to have the system S In the event a malfunction of the SRS is checked Otherwise the SRS may not be D indicated as outlined above the SRS may not activated when needed in an accident which gt be operational could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily For your safety we strongly recommend that z ER which could also result in injury you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Driving systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Level You are driving too fast for the desired vehicle level Selection Reduce vehicle speed and set the desired vehicle level ot again gt page 154 Permitted Vehicle The vehicle level is too low Rising gt Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction Wait display Briefly DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 288 Version 2 11 8 1 288 Vehicle status mess
338. ir distribution and air volume automatic mode Air distribution directs air through the side air vents Air distribution directs air through the footwells and side air vents Rear automatic climate control on off Decreasing air volume Notes on 3 zone automatic climate control With the help of a sun sensor the automatic climate control determines the relation of the sun to the vehicle and automatically adjusts the inside temperature for every individual zone The automatic climate control is operational whenever the engine is running It cools the vehicle s interior according to the angle and intensity of the sun s rays the outside temperature and the selected temperature You can operate the automatic climate control in either the automatic or manual mode 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 174 Version 2 11 8 1 Recommendation Notes gt page 180 Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system N Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The air conditioning will no
339. is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down to the resistance point 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 144 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Increasing Briefly lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down past the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the cruise control lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the pres
340. ise close to 248 F 120 C H Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 127 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system The engine should not be operated with a coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature You can select whether the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the multifunction display gt page 133 A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges gt Press button 4 or VY repeatedly until the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the multifunction display 55 MPH Outside temperature Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system Audio DVD menu The functions in the Audio DVD menu operate the audio or video equipment which you have currently switched on The following functions are available e Selecting radio station gt page 128 e Operating audio devices audio media gt page 128
341. ith a combined weight of more than 4 4 Ibs 2 kg into the parcel net on the back of the front passenger seat Otherwise the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight category A Warning Parcel nets are intended for storing light weight items only such as road maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel nets In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Parcel nets cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Parcel nets are located in the front passenger footwell and on each of the front seat backrests Your vehicle is equipped with eight cargo tie down rings Always follow loading instructions gt page 186 Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all the cargo tie down rings with a rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 189 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing Pads in Pa 00 ssai Cargo tie down rings cargo compartment Expanding cargo volume You can fold each seat of the rear passenger compartment separately to expand the cargo volume Controls in detail You can expand the cargo volume in part i e folding third row seats gt page 190 e fully i e folding second row and thir
342. ition you must first fold up the armrest again and repeat the steps above 7 seat vehicles You can use the seat backrest of the second row middle seat as an armrest for the outboard seats A Warning The folded second row middle seat is intended to serve as an armrest only Do not fold the second row middle seat and allow occupants to use the folded second row middle seat as a footrest while driving All vehicle occupants must keep both feet on the floor in front of their seat Otherwise occupants could slide under the seat belt in a collision If occupants slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Do not fold the second row middle seat and allow occupants to use the folded second row middle seat as a table while driving Objects placed on the folded second row middle seat may move freely during braking vehicle maneuvers or an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury gt Before folding the seat lower the head restraint of the second row middle seat gt page 88 completely Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail O E gt Pull seat backrest release strap 1 in direction of arrow i gt Completely fold seat backrest 2 forward so that it rests on seat cushion 8 armrest
343. ition N When you turn off the engine the automatic transmission will shift into neutral position N automatically SmartKey Removing the SmartKey from the starter switch or opening a front door after turning off the engine will shift the automatic gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Release the brake pedal Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch transmission into park position P gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch automatically gt Switch on the ignition KEYLESS GO Opening a front door after gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it turning off the engine will shift the automatic pressed transmission into park position P gt Shift the automatic transmission into automatically neutral position N Remaining in neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal If you want the automatic transmission to gt If engaged release the parking brake remain in neutral position N e g when taking gt Switch off the ignition and leave the the vehicle through an automatic conveyor SmartKey in the starter switch type car wash observe the following instructions 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Automatic transmission Shifting into reverse gear R gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brak
344. ives solvents or cleaners that contain solvents 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 265 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle care Cleaning the driving systems sensors gt Switch off the ignition Clean Distronic system sensor cover 1 by hand To clean Distronic system sensor cover C and the bumper area near sensors 2 observe the following e Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water e Use a soft non scratching cloth H If you use a power washer to clean the sensor covers observe the following e Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer e Maintain a distance between the sensor covers and the nozzle of the power washer Operation E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Vehicle care Cleaning the rear view camera lens P54 00 2701 31 gt Only use clean water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean rear view camera lens Be careful not to apply wax to rear view camera lens 1 when waxing the vehicle If necessary remove the wax using the Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Do not clean the camera and the area around the camera e with a high pressure cleaner e with a dry cloth and strong pressure e with aggressive cleaning agents You could otherwise damage the camera Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades H Never open the hood when the wiper arm
345. ized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts The use of aluminum components in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 356 Version 2 11 8 1 have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 357 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Approximate freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C Cooling system All models 5 0 US qt 4 75 I 5 5 US qt 5 2 N Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit gt Mix with water for temperatures above freezing point gt Mix with commercial
346. ized Mercedes Benz Center For refilling outside the maintenance service intervals refill the AdBlue tank with approximately 1 gal 3 79 I AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 AdBlue refill containers Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints AdBlue diesel engine only Always use the particular AdBlue refill containers for refilling outside the maintenance service interval Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance if necessary gt page 210 Additional information on BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment and AdBlue is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center N Warning Make sure e AdBlue does not come into contact with skin eyes or clothing e to keep AdBlue out of the reach of children If you and or others have come into contact with AdBlue e If AdBlue has gotten into contact with eyes flush with plenty of water immediately and seek medical help e Clean affected skin immediately with plenty of water If AdBlue was swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Consult a physician A Warning When opening the filler cap of the AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated area only Ammonia gas vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas
347. jured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to DD Safety and security iz 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 44 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety completely eliminate this risk is to never where the system suppresses deployment place a child in a rear facing child restraint of the front passenger front air bag even in the front seat We therefore strongly though the impact met the criteria and was m recommend that you always place a child of sufficient severity to deploy the driver in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat front air bag gt f If you must install a rear facing child e that the seat was occupied by a small 5 restraint on the front passenger seat individua
348. k button on an outside door handle gt page 73 until the DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving and parking windows and the tilt sliding panel are closed completely Press and hold the lock button on an outside door handle again The roller sunblinds extend gt Release the lock button on the outside door handle to interrupt the closing procedure When tilt sliding panel is closed gt Press and hold the lock button on an outside door handle gt page 73 until the windows and the roller sunblinds are closed completely gt Release the lock button on the outside door handle to interrupt the closing procedure Driving and parking N Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 110 Version
349. l such as a young teenager or a gt because circumstances require you to do small adult or a child who weighs more 7 so make sure the 3 Pass mr saca than the weight of a typical 12 month old ge indicator lamp is illuminated indicating child in a standard child restraint both of that the front passenger front air bag is which are instances where the system may gt deactivated Should the 8 pass aim cam suppress deployment of the front a indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while Passenger front alr bag even though the the restraint is installed please check impact met the criteria and was of N installation Periodically check the sufficient severity to deploy the driver front Zj Pass areas indicator lamp while air bag driving to make sure the By pass ar easa indicator lamp is illuminated If the By sss arsan indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously NN N injured or even killed if the front passenger SS Rau WMO N front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint wit
350. l key 2 out of the housing drained Press down the locking knobs on fe the front passenger door and the rear 5 Unlocking the driver s door goora S Exit the vehicle O Close the driver s door E Enter the vehicle through the rear left door Press down the locking knob of the driver s door H To prevent inadvertent lockout make sure to have the SmartKey with you before proceeding with the next step The next step will lock the vehicle Exit the vehicle Close the rear left door gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driver s door lock The vehicle is locked gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise to position 1 This procedure does not arm the anti theft alarm system nor does it lock the fuel gt Pull the door handle past the resistance filler flap point until the locking knob moves up The driver s door is unlocked gt Pull the door handle once more to open the driver s door i gt Turn mechanical key back and remove A Warning it from the driver s door lock Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as they may contain sharp edges Otherwise you could injure yourself while releasing the fuel filler flap 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually The fuel filler flap release is located on the passenger
351. l or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items Power seats H When the second row seats are folded forward e g for cargo volume expansion the front seats may not be moved to the rearmost position Otherwise you could damage the front and second row seats H When adjusting the seat backrest tilt and head restraint height make sure the sun visor is folded up If the head restraint is in the uppermost position it could hit and damage the sun visor Vehicles without memory function The seats can be adjusted within 5 minutes after either front door has been opened The counter resets each time e you open or close a front door e you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch e you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e you switch the ignition on or off Just like in vehicles with memory function the power seats can be operated at any time when the ignition is switched on The memory function gt page 96 lets you store the settings for the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel electrical and exterior rear view mirrors 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 83 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly H Do not attempt to remove front seat head restraints They can only be removed by qualified technicians We recommend that you have this work carried
352. l other occupant safety e See systems such as the air bags are still available Operator s b Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Manual possible 251_AKB d2ureepe 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 277 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and P Solutions USA only The front passenger front air bag is activated while driving even though a child small individual or object below the system s weight threshold is on the front passenger seat or the front passenger seat is empty Objects on the seat or forces acting on the seat may make the system sense supplemental weight gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove child and child restraint from front passenger seat and properly secure the child in rear seat employing the child restraint if necessary gt Remove any other items from on and around the front passenger seat and make sure the parcel net on the back of the front passenger seat is empty gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize
353. l system relays information to the multifunction display Multifunction steering wheel The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel DD Controls in detail u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display Press button gt to answer a call to dial to redial to end a call to reject an incoming call AQA Press button to select submenus in the Settings menu to set values to set the volume Press button w to turn Voice Control System on see separate operating instructions Press button eH Ce to select next or previous menu 8 Function only available in telephone menu 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 124 Version 2 11 8 1 Press button briefly lt to move within a menu X Within Audio DVD menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station Within Telephone menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number Press and hold button lt gt Within Audio DVD menu to X select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band Within Telephone menu to start the quick search in the phone book Press button
354. lane Decoupling a trailer N Warning Vehicles with AIRMATIC While you are coupling or decoupling a trailer make sure nobody locks or unlocks the vehicle and or opens or closes doors or the tailgate The vehicle s level could change and you could endanger yourself and or others as a result 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 259 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving instructions Make sure that you do not operate the ADS switch or the vehicle level control system when coupling decoupling the trailer gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt page 116 gt Engage the parking brake for the vehicle gt page 114 gt Start the engine gt page 110 gt Close all doors and the tailgate Engage the parking brake for the trailer A Warning Vehicles with AIRMATIC As soon as you disconnect the electrical connection between the trailer and the vehicle the vehicle will lower To help avoid personal injury make sure no one is near the wheel housing or underneath the vehicle before the electrical connection is disconnected When you decouple the trailer the vehicle is temporarily raised because the springs are relieved of load Be especially careful during this process as you could otherwise injure yourself and or others Make sure that any persons remaining in the vehicle do not press the switches for vehicle level control or the ADS gt Disconnect all electrical plug connectors gt
355. lapsible wheel chock 6 Electric air pump 16 Vehicles with spare wheel only 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 270 Version 2 11 8 1 e Fuse chart e Jack 6 e Reversible ratchet for jack e Towing eye bolt e Wheel wrench Spare wheel bolts gt Removing Open the tailgate gt page 75 gt Push in floor handle 2 as indicated by arrow gt Lift cargo compartment floor Q using floor handle 2 gt Release securing hook 3 located below the floor handle from holder 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 271 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Where will I find Wheel wrench gt Engage securing hook 8 on upper cargo compartment lip Towing eye bolt Alignment bolt H With the cargo compartment cover blind Jack installed behind the third row seats Collapsible wheel chock disengage cargo compartment cover blind and flip it forward Otherwise the strap of Fuse chart the securing hook could damage the cargo Reversible ratchet for jack compartment cover blind Practical hints Fa Vehicles with spare wheel H To prevent damage always disengage the securing hook from upper cargo compartment lip and lower the cargo compartment floor before closing the tailgate Vehicles without spare wheel Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel wren
356. lated Lead Acid VRLA battery also referred to as fleece battery Such batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries therefore do not have cell caps and the 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the battery as otherwise the battery will be damaged VRLA batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level They cannot be opened to check the electrolyte level However the battery condition must be checked periodically by performing a battery conductance test Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery condition testing intervals The factory equipped battery may only be replaced with a battery that e has the same security features e is of identical size e is of identical voltage e is of identical capacity H As any other battery the battery may discharge if you do not operate the vehicle for an extended period of time Have the battery disconnected at a qualified workshop or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in such a case You may also connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation H Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps whil
357. lay indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com USA only log in to Owner s Online and visit the My Tele Aid section to learn more if the indicator lamp in Information button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display Useful features gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system QJ on Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the
358. le during braking and steering maneuvers Safety and security iz The ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running H The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual The ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is engaged N Warning Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows The Distronic system and cruise control switch off automatically when the ESP engages Electronic Traction System 4 ETS N Observe Safety notes see page 63 The 4 ETS four wheel Electronic Traction System is a component of the ESP The 4 ETS improves the vehicle s ability to utilize e When driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized available traction especially under slippery
359. le from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when all doors are closed and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D or reverse gear R or e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Single wipe Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with washer fluid gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 6 past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 226 For information on cleaning the headlamps with washer fluid see Headlamp cleaning system gt page 101 gt Observe notes on page gt page 103 The rear window wiper engages automatically when the automatic transmission is shifted into reverse gear R with the windshield wipers switched on Combination switch Rear window wiper switch 2 Wiping rear window with washer fluid 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 105 Version 2 11 8 1 w Intermittent wiping Rear window wiper off Wiping rear window with washer fluid FS
360. ler uu 257 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe DEc upling r HH 259 Electrical connections s es 256 TOWING een 258 Trailer itehia 256 Weights and ratings 00 0 essere 256 Transfer case ne 122 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level 225 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission positions 118 Traveling abroad 259 Tread tires 2u nn 251 Tread depth tires 241 251 Treadwear nnenen 242 Treadwear indicators tires 241 251 Trip computer menu ee 139 Trip odometer resetting 123 Turning off the engine 114 Turn signals c 100 Cleaning lenses wy 260 Indicator lamps 28 Messages in the multifunction display u a 298 TWR Tongue Weight Rating 251 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 220220s nennen 242 251 Units Selecting digital speedometer display ModE siersteen 132 Selecting speedometer odometer display mode 132 Unleaded gasoline premium 353 Unlocking the vehicle KEYLESS GO Manually ossee SM HKeyun z ass Upholstery cleaning 268 Useful features 00 ee eee een 201 2009 03 23T09 22 52
361. llection devikes AIRMATIC the multifunction display will show the compass only Z Warning Whenever you are using floormats make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormats are securely fastened Floormats should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormats are securely in place and adjust them if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement Controls in detail A To allow the use of these devices in the vehicle infrared transparent areas 1 are placed in the windshield Move the driver s seat or front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible gt Removing Pull floormat off of retainer pins gt Installing Press floormat eyelets 2 onto retainer pins I 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 218 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 219 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment 220 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 220 At the gas station 220 Engine compartment 222 Tires and wheels 227 Winterdrivingraeeee ee 251 Driving instructions 253 Maintenance a 260 Vehicle care aere re
362. ller flap The switches are located in each front door A TA gt Locking Press central locking switch 2 When all doors and the tailgate are closed the vehicle locks gt Unlocking Press central unlocking switch You can open a locked front door from the inside at any time Open door only when conditions are safe to do so 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 75 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and unlocking If the vehicle was previously locked with the Closing the tailgate from the outside central locking switch i N Observe Safety notes see page 55 e and the SmartKey is set to factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a A Warning front door is opened from the inside To prevent possible personal injury always e and the SmartKey is set to selective keep hands and fingers away from the cargo settings only the front door opened from compartment opening when closing the the inside is unlocked tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around If the vehicle has been locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch Tailgate N Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Controls in detail gt Low
363. llow ESP The ESP has been switched off warning lamp Risk of accident peer while When the ESP is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the wi system recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel un is spinning gt Switch the ESP back on Exceptions gt page 65 gt If leaving the ESP switched off adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt If the ESP cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Z The yellow ESP The ESP is not operational due to a malfunction warning lamp Risk of accident comes on while the engine is running gt Read and observe additional messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt Continue driving with added caution gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Problem LA The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while driving Driving systems Problem A The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving LA The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 304 Version 2 11 8 1 Possible causes consequences and Sol
364. lly available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Cleo Function Rear lamps Fuel filler flap Exterior rear view mirrors Power tilt sliding sunroof Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Windshield Wiping with washer fluid Cleaning Doors Locking and unlocking Locking and unlocking manually Wipers Wiper blades replacing Page Si 220 94 181 184 105 266 70 308 103 317 e 0000 Function Wiper blades cleaning Hood Front lamps Headlamp cleaning system Front towing eye Tires and wheels Rims and tires Rear towing eye Rear window wiper washer Wiper blade replacing Wiper blade cleaning Tailgate Power tailgate Rear window defroster Page 266 222 312 101 338 BEY 347 338 105 317 266 75 76 180 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Cockpit ISO Ole 0 0 Function Cruise control lever Cruise control Distronic Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Horn Steering wheel gearshift control Gear selector lever Front Parktronic warning indicators Overhead control panel Glove box lid release glove box lock Glove box Center console Power outlet 142 145 28 122 30 123 121 116 158 32 198 1972 31 205 ORONONORONO 2009 03 23T09
365. lock the driver s door and the fuel filler flap any authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Switching onor fress and Mold Damen If the batteries are checked within signal o and simultaneously for range of the vehicle pressing button approximately 6 seconds until the battery al h Jor g will lock or unlock the vehicle check lamp gt page 73 flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows accordingly gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Grasp the driver s outside door handle gt Global unlocking Grasp any outside door handle other than the driver s outside door handle gt Global locking Press lock button onan outside door handle If you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key to your car insurance company immediately gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking You can open a door from the inside even when itis locked unless it is secured with the child safety lock gt page 61 Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Example illustration driver s door If the vehicle has
366. lt fastened the provide increased protection for the head but front passenger side impact air bag will not the chest or arms deploy independently of the empty seat Window curtain air bags D are deployed Whether a seat belt is recognized as fastened depends on whether or not the latch plate is e on the impacted side of the vehicle properly inserted into the buckle e in side impacts exceeding a preset The side impact air bags are not deployed in deployment threshold side impacts which do not exceed the e independently of the front air bags system s deployment threshold i e regardless of whether the front passenger The side air bags will not deploy in the event seat is occupied of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of lateral DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety e regardless of whether the seat belt on the impacted side of the vehicle is in use e in certain vehicle rollovers if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Window curtain air bags 1 are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Window curtain air bags 1 deploy in the area indicated by the arrows Occupant Classification System The Occupant Classification System OCS is standard equipment in USA The OCS activates or deactivates the front passenger front air bag automatically The resp
367. lt in sudden tire failure If you are not sure about the proper tire inflation contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Tires and wheels Make sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds Supplemental tire inflation pressure information for different loading conditions of the vehicle can be found on the tire inflation pressure label The tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap For the tire inflation pressure for spare wheels such as Minispare wheels or spare wheels with collapsible tire refer to e the yellow label on the spare wheel rim e the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual gt page 350 e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar For the tire inflation pressure for full size spare wheels refer to e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar e the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Unless specified otherwise the tire inflation pressures on the tire inflation pressure label are valid for all approved factory equipped tires When a tire size is specified the tire inflation pressure that follows applies to
368. ly pull the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 3 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 183 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Closing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked N Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing the tilt sliding sunroof with greater force or without automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure e g by ice or pollution the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof has stopped and opened because it was blocked pull and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow 8 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed The tilt sliding sunroof closes with greater force If the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof was blocked and has opened pull and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed The tilt sliding sunroof closes without automatic reversal function N Warning Pulling and holding the sunroof switch to close the tilt sliding sunroof immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the tilt sliding sunroof to close without any reversal
369. ly available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Technical data u Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above the freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 358 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 359 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 360 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 361 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com USA only or www mercedes benz ca Canada only N Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful
370. m engine speed see Vehicle specification Maximum loaded vehicle weight 250 Maximum load rating tires 249 Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure ee 250 Mechanical key 2 2 24044 308 Media interface 0 0 0 0 um 198 Memory function cece eeeeeneeeeee 96 Menus see Control system menus Miror S au 93 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 94 Exterior rear view mirror parking DOSIEION esere a TEE 95 Exterior rear view Mirrors seee 94 Interior rear view Mirror seese 94 Memory function 96 Vanity ITOT sense eienesens 203 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 12 Version 2 11 8 1 MOExtended system 330 MOExtended tires MON Motor Octane Number Motor Octane Number see MON Multicontour seat n Multifunction display Symbol messages Text messages u Vehicle status messages Multifunction display messages 353 ABS sera 275 286 Active headlamps uuu222nun nee 295 Advanced TPMS neeeeeeee 283 298 Air Dagsa use ent 277 Air filter AIRM TIG 2 2 2222 287 Alternator eeeeeeeseeeeeesereeenennnen 282 292 Automatic transmission 282 Battery 282 292 Brake tid a 286 Brake pads 0 285 X070 F 115FEPIFRTRRPRREEFIECETEREPEIFTCEFREFER EEE 290 Corner illuminating front fog lamps 2 een 297 C
371. main in park position P For more information see Battery gt page 333 or Jump starting gt page 336 Installing towing eye bolt Depending on whether you are towing a vehicle or you are being towed the towing eye bolt can be screwed into threaded holes which are located behind covers on each bumper The towing eye bolt is supplied with the vehicle tool kit located in the cargo compartment underneath the cargo compartment floor gt page 270 gt Take the towing eye bolt out of the space underneath the cargo compartment floor 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 339 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Towing the vehicle Removing cover in front bumper Fixing towing eye bolt wa gt Press mark on cover Q as indicated by the Beret eee Bd arrow gt Take the towing eye bolt and if so gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole equipped the wheel wrench from the lt i for the towing eye bolt vehicle tool kit E gt Screw towing eye bolt 2 clockwise into 5 i S Removing cover in rear bumper threaded hole to its stop Od Insert wheel wrench into towing eye and Au A Warning tighten towing eye bolt 2 by turning it In order to avoid possible serious burns or clockwise injury use extreme caution when removing the rear cover because the rear exhaust pipe is extremely hot or gt If your vehicle is not equipped with a wheel wrench use a suitable obje
372. may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Notes on checking engine oil level When checking the oil level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the vehicle 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 224 Version 2 11 8 1 must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off Checking engine oil level gt Open the hood gt page 222 Example illustration Diesel engine gt Pull out oil dipstick M gt Wipe oil dipstick 1 clean gt Fully insert oil dipstick into the dipstick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick again after approximately 3 seconds to obtain accurate reading The oil level is correct when it is between lower min mark and upper max mark 2 of oil dipstick The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 gt If necessary add engine oil 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 225 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Engine compartment For more information on engine oil see H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained Fuels coolants lubricants etc off It could cause damage to the engine gt page 350 and emission control system not covered For information on messages in the by the Mer
373. mended minimum tire tread depth for winter tires is in 4 mm Treadwear indicator 1 appears as a solid band across the tread Storing tires H Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and fuels Cleaning tires H Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U S Government requirement designed to give drivers consistent and reliable information 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 242 Version 2 11 8 1 regarding tire performance Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear Q traction 2 and temperature resistance Although not a Government of Canada requirement all tires made for sale in North America have these grades branded on the sidewall For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the
374. mp 00 in the if d ae instrument cluster comes on KEYLESS GO start stop button As soon as preglow indicator lamp 00 USA only goes out turn the SmartKey in the starter Canada only switch to position 3 and release it Controls in detail The engine starts automatically gt Make sure the KEYLESS GO start stop oo button is inserted in the starter switch If the engine is at operating temperature gt page 80 preglow indicator lamp 00 may not stay on and you can start the engine without To start the engine with the SmartKey preglowing instead of the KEYLESS GO function remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button With KEYLESS GO from the starter switch Proceed as _ described in With SmartKey N Warning gt page 111 As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise accidentally start the engine gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal When leaving the vehicle always take the gt Gasoline engine Press the KEYLESS GO SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do start stop button once not leave children unattended in the vehicle The engine starts automatically or with access to an unlocked vehicle A gt Diesel engine Press the KEYLESS GO child s unsupervised access to
375. mperature gt page 168 gt Activating Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically AUTO The settings for the passenger side are also used for the rear passenger compartment gt Deactivating Press button s or The indicator lamp in button auto goes out The automatic operation of air volume switches off The selected blower speed is DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Climate control shown in air volume display 1 D page 164 or gt Press air distribution button vel The indicator lamp in button auto goes out The automatic operation of air distribution switches off Wil _ or Setting the temperature You can adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control 1 and or gt page 164 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Adjusting air distribution The air distribution can be adjusted manually The symbols on the buttons represent the following functions Symbol Function wi Directs air to the windshield and side air vents a Directs air through the center and side air vents vel Directs
376. mple could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident Infant and child restraint systems Observe Safety notes see page 55 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion Canada only Only use a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for mounting To activate the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract DD Safety and security ie 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security a Occupant safety During seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The seat belt is now locked gt Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate the special seat belt retractor Release the seat belt buckle and let the seat belt retract co
377. mpletely The seat belt can then again be used in the usual manner To deactivate the special seat belt retractor for the front passenger seat the front passenger seat must be in the most backward position A Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages gt page 57 For information on LATCH type child seat anchors gt page 60 The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system They must be properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions for the child restraint All infant or child restraint systems must comply with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 56 Version 2 11 8 1 When using any infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and u
378. mps Daytime Running Lamps e Side marker lamps Front fog lamps The locator lighting goes out when the driver s door is opened If you do not open the driver s door after gt Press button or to switch the unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the daytime running lamp mode On or Off lamps will go out automatically after S With daytime running lamp mode switchedon amp PProximately 40 seconds cS and the exterior lamp switch in gt Press button H or CP repeatedly until e position 0 or auro the low beam the Settings menu appears in the F headlamps are switched on when the engine multifunction display is running gt Press button 5 E In low ambient light conditions the following Move the selection marker with button lamps will come on additionally or to the Lighting submenu o e Parking lamps gt Press button Z or X repeatedly until e Tail lamps the message Surround Lighting Function appears in the multifunction e License plate lamps displ play e Side marker lamps The selection marker is on the current For more information on the daytime running setting lamp mode see gt page 99 For safety reasons changing the setting for Surround Lighting the daytime running lamp mode is not Function possible while the vehicle is in motion The following message appears in the O
379. multifunction display after a few minutes of driving Possible differences between the readings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur The tire pressure displayed by the control system apply to sea level In high altitude locations the reading on a tire pressure gauge will be higher than the reading issued by the vehicle s control system Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure under such circumstances gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or ER on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 126 gt Press button 4 or 52 until the current inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display lire Pressure 30 ee eae illustration When the vehicle has been parked for longer than 20 minutes the message Tire pressure displayed after driving for a few minutes appears in the multifunction display The TPMS recognizes new wheels or sensors automatically after the learn in phase As long 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 234 Version 2 11 8 1 as the tire inflation pressure values cannot be allocated to the individual wheels the message Tire Pressure Monitor Active appears Despite this message the tire inflation pressure values are monitored already with a spare wheel mounted the
380. n gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 2002 or D gt page 97 gt Switching on front fog lamps Pull out the exterior lamp switch to first stop The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt Switching on rear fog lamp Pull out the exterior lamp switch to second stop The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps the green and the yellow indicator lamp o in the exterior lamp switch come on gt Switching off front fog lamps rear fog lamp Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop Locator lighting and night security illumination Locator lighting and night security illumination are described in the Control system section see Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 135 and Switching night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature on or off gt page 135 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 100 Version 2 11 8 1 Combination switch Turn signals Press the combination switch in direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp or amp in the instrument cluster flashes The combination switch resets automatically after major steering wheel movements To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes press the combination switch only to point of resistance and release The corresponding turn signal lamps will flash
381. n as possible DISTRONIC Override You have accelerated The Distronic has switched off gt Stop accelerating DISTRONIC Available Distronic had been deactivated and is available again Again gt Activate Distronic gt page 148 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 281 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions DISTRONIC Currently Distronic is deactivated because A labl The Distronic cover in the radiator grille is dirty See e The functionality is impaired by heavy precipitation or fog Operator s The system is overheated Manual gt If necessary clean the Distronic cover in the area of the radiator grille gt page 265 gt If necessary wait until the system has cooled down gt Restart the vehicle Distronic becomes operational again without the engine being restarted when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the message in the multifunction display disappears You can then operate Distronic as usual again DISTRONIC Currently Distronic is deactivated because the functionality is impaired Unavailabl by external interferences e g high frequency sources such e as toll stations speed measuring systems etc See gt Leave the area of
382. n cloth and a mild window cleaning solution An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Donotusea dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the protective layer with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the rear part of the tilt sliding panel Otherwise you may scratch or damage the protective layer 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 267 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light alloy wheels H Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat H The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned This applies especially after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corrosion of the brake disks and brake pads Non approved wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel paint if the vehicle is not driven after cleaning Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning Drive your vehicle for several minutes to allow the brakes to dry When applying Mercedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care prod
383. nd the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certification label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see the Technical data section gt page 344 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if applicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the load you can Carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is between 10 and 15 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it _ Maximum tire load A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout
384. ndicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure Infrared reflecting windshield 217 Inside door handle 74 Instrument cluster 28 122 Iluminati ON sereis 123 LAMPS nsten cedtusinceseesevecessdesss 299 Multifunction display 0 0 0 eee 125 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting Delayed shut off s 4 0202 440s 50466200 Emergency lighting Oni nein Front reading lamps Redtn asi ee ek Rear reading lamps Interior rear view mirror Auto dimming rear view mirrors 94 Interior storage spaces see Storage compartments Intermittent wiping Rain sensor cceseeecessceeeseeeeeteeees 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 11 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Tire and Loading Information placat Aneren a 236 i Tire inflation pressure 230 Jump starting ee 336 Lamps exterior Exterior lamp switch nsee 97 CE o 313 Key Mechanical Messages in the multifunction Eata EEEE 73 display nneennenenenennenen 295 Unlocking locking manually en 308 Reatnan arena 313 Key SmartKey Switching On Off eneeee 97 Battery check lamp c csseseeeeeeeee
385. ndle D operation of the device When the SmartKey is valid your vehicle koj Any unauthorized modification to this unlocks device could void the user s authority to e the doors 2 operate the equipment s th tfuel filler flap 5 Factory setting e the tailgate 8 gt Global unlocking Press button USA only Unless you open a door or the tailgate within This device complies with Part 15 of the approximately 40 seconds after unlocking FCC Rules Operation is subject to the the vehicle following two conditions e The vehicle will be locked again 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and e The antitheft alarm system will be rearmed 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired gt Global locking Press button Selective setting operation If you frequently travel alone you may wish Any unauthorized modification to this to reprogramm the SmartKey Pressing device could void the user s authority to button g will then only unlock the driver s operate the equipment door and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons uw and simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 73 flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two condition
386. nds on the vehicle s load It is 50 miles 80 km if the vehicle is partially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle is fully loaded The point at which the maximum driving distance in emergency mode begins is when the warning message appears in the multifunction display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure gt Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h A Warning In emergency mode your vehicle s driving characteristics are diminished in such situations as e driving around curves e while braking while accelerating rapidly Therefore your driving style must be adapted accordingly Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers as well as driving over obstacles road curbs potholes or off road areas This is especially important if the vehicle is heavily loaded The emergency driving distance that can be achieved greatly depends on the demands placed on the vehicle Depending on speed load driving maneuvers road conditions outside temperature etc the distance can be significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Do not continue driving in emergency mode if e you notice knocking sounds e the vehicle starts to shake e smoke develops and you smell rubber e ESP is intervening continuously e you notice tears on the tire sidewalls 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe After driving in emergency mode you must have the rims inspected by an aut
387. ne only 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 344 Version 2 11 8 1 accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification labels 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe The Vehicle Identification Number VIN can be found e on certification label Q on the driver s door B pillar e on passenger side underneath the second row seat gt page 345 e on the lower edge of the windshield gt page 345 MFD BY MERCEDES BENZ U S INTL INC PRAT RA ATE RABANNE UMA VARI 10 07 fon Peek Ma at ERAT aa C feat 470 3240 265 60 R18 6 0x 18 220632 Se 1800 3968 265 60R18 TY 26038 over 3150 Te eb MELL Gow Caw TO A PUCAR FIDO WERE WELL MTT CARDS A EFFECT OA THE OGT OF WEMFECTURE SOM AANE P00 01 3664 31 Example certification label U S vehicles Paintwork code VIN MERCEDES BENZ U S
388. ng decreasing Turn 5 A temperature control and or A Directs air through the center gt page 170 slightly clockwise or and side air vents counterclockwise vA Directs air to the footwells and ee Canada only side air vents gt Increasing decreasing Turn EEE temperature control and or gt Press the desired air distribution button gt page 172 slightly clockwise or WA ah orbi counterclockwise The automatic mode is switched off The indicator lamp in the desired button comes R on Rear temperature with front climate control panel Canada only USA only The air distribution can be adjusted gt Press button Rear separately on each side of the passenger gt Increasing decreasing Turn compartment temperature control 7 gt page 170 The symbols on the buttons represent the slightly clockwise or counterclockwise following functions Canada only gt Press button 74 In display 4 gt page 172 you will see the symbol gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control 9 gt page 172 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u 3 zone automatic climate control Symbol Symbol Function Driver s Passenger side side Re A Directs air to the windshield and side air vents a Zi Directs air through the center side and rear passenger compartmen
389. ng lamp on off a Left third row reading lamp on off gt Press hazard warning flasher switch gt page 101 or gt Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey Left third row reading lamp Rear interior lighting Right third row reading lamp The rear interior lighting is switched on and off using the button on the front Interior lighting in the rear yerhead control panel gt page 102 H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine Notes turned off could result in a discharged battery H Do not operate the wipers when the windshield rear window is dry Dust that DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail i accumulates on a windshield rear window might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield rear window If it is necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather conditions always operate the wipers with washer fluid gt Observe notes on page gt page 103 Switching on off Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wipers off Slow intermittent wiping Fast intermittent wiping Slow continuous wiping Fast continuous wiping YW Single wipe Wiping with washer fluid 2 3 4 5 gt Switch on the ignition gt Tu
390. ng still and the engine is running or while driving The red seat belt telltale flashes while driving In addition an intermittent warning chime sounds with increasing intensity 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 302 Version 2 11 8 1 Possible causes consequences and Solutions The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts before driving off Fasten your seat belts Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not the seat belt telltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds after starting the engine You have forgotten to fasten your seat belt Fasten your seat belt The warning chime stops sounding You and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out The vehicle s speed once exceeded 15 mph 25 km h and you and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt Remove the items
391. ngue weight The values as measured must not exceed the weight limits listed under Vehicle and trailer weights and ratings gt page 256 Driving instructions Coupling a trailer N Warning Vehicles with AIRMATIC While you are coupling or decoupling a trailer make sure nobody locks or unlocks the vehicle and or opens or closes doors or the tailgate The vehicle s level could change and you could endanger yourself and or others as a result Make sure that you do not operate the ADS switch or the vehicle level control system when coupling decoupling the trailer Observe maximum permitted trailer dimensions width and length Most states and all Canadian provinces require e safety chains between the towing vehicle and the trailer The chains should be criss crossed under the trailer tongue They must be attached to the hitch receiver and not to the vehicle s bumper or axle Make sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners a separate brake system at various trailer weights a break away switch on trailers with a separate brake system Check with your local state laws for specific requirements The switch activates the trailer brakes in the possible event that the trailer might separate from the tow vehicle H Do not connect a trailer brake system if trailer is so equipped directly to the vehicle s hydraulic brake system as your vehicle is equipped with antilock brakes If
392. nly means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a BabySmart compatible rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the amp ass ar saci indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 46 Version 2 11 8 1 Should the amp Pass ar sac indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 8 rass ar saca indicator lamp while driving to make sure the 3 Pass ar sasaa indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 pass ar saca indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and we
393. nsiderably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Proper use of the vehicle Proper use ofthe vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety standards N Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks Do not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removing warning labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderho
394. nsteent 114 Occupant distribution 250 Parktronic SYSTEMI atest 156 Occupant safety Parking brake ee een 114 255 Air DATS roiou eneee e EREA 37 Messages in the multifunction BabySmart nn 45 display Kennen 286 Children and air bags 37 Parking position Children in the Vehicle au 55 a U creat gt Transmission position sesse 118 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Parktronic system Cleaning system sensors Malfunction ee Minimum distance nnn Sensor range s0sesensecssnesersnevereseeees Switching on off oe System SENSOrS ce0 cererseeecseres Warning indicators Parts service uesisensseisi PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp Canada only see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Canada only PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp USA only see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only Passenger safety see Occupant safety Ped ls u003 02 024 253 Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning 267 Power assistance 253 Power outlets Power seats see Seats Power tailgate CIOSIING aces scadessdeacetevececeiheschiteacdansasest 76 Messages in the multifunction display Opening 76 Power tilt sliding sunroof Operation au uannsmeenensenes Synchronizing Power washer Power windows Cleaning u sn
395. nt temperature and the battery voltage Regardless of the temperature and air volume set on the climate control panel an interior temperature is aimed at by 72 F 22 C and the blower runs on low speed to protect the vehicle battery gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button X The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Deactivating Press button 4 again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is deactivated automatically e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 180 Version 2 11 8 1 Using driver side settings for all temperature zones This feature is only available in Canada vehicles You can use the settings of the driver s side such as temperature air volume and air distribution for all temperature zones These settings only need to be made once and the climate control system will automatically regulate the settings for all temperature zones quickly and comfortably gt Activating Adjust the air temperature air volume and air distribution gt Press button oo The indicator lamp in the button comes on The driver side settings are used for all temperature zones gt Deactivating Press button voro again The indicator lamp in the button goes out
396. o flange of TIREFIT container Q DD Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 322 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints gt Stick TIREFIT container Q upside down into notch 2 of the electric air pump P40 105361 31 Example illustration gt Unscrew the valve cap of the damaged tire from tire valve 9 Version 1 gt Version 1 only Close vent screw 1 on pressure gauge M gt Screw filler hose 8 onto tire valve gt Insert electrical plug into the power outlet in the second row footwell gt page 205 H The cigarette lighter as well as the power outlets in the passenger footwell and cargo compartment are not designed for use with the electric air pump Use the power outlet in the second row footwell for electric air pump operation gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once Do not depress the brake pedal gt Press I on electric air pump switch The electric air pump is switched on and inflates the tire First the sealing is pumped into the tire The pressure may briefly rise to up to 73 psi 5 bar This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Do not switch off the electric air pump gt Let the electric air pump inflate the tire for approximately 5 minutes The pressure gauge must display at least 26 psi 1 8
397. o be installed Safety and security iz Information sign 2 indicates the position of gt Install a LATCH type child seat according anchor to the manufacturer s instructions gt Move the respective outboard second row A rigid connection between the child seat seat backrest to an upright position and the body of the vehicle is established gt page 87 gt Push the upholstery blend to the side Child safety gt Install a LATCH type child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions Child safety locks A rigid connection between the child seat N Observe Safety notes see page 55 and the body of the vehicle is established Se The LATCH type anchors on the third row A Warning seats are blended with covers Children could open a rear door from the inside This may cause serious personal injury or an accident Therefore secure the rear doors with the child safety locks whenever children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The child safety locks on the rear doors enable you to secure each rear door individually You cannot open a secured rear door from the inside You can open the rear door from the outside when the vehicle is unlocked DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security E Panic alarm gt Securing Press the lever down in direction of arrow 2 gt Check to make sure the child safety locks are working properly gt Releasing Press the lever up in direct
398. o lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes If you use the jack for any other purpose you or others could be injured as the jack is gt Fully collapse the jack storage position designed only for the purpose of changing a gt Remove the reversible ratchet wheel Before placing the jack and the reversible ratchet back into the vehicle tool kit When using the jack observe the safety notes in the Mounting the spare wheel section and Spare wheel the notes on the jack N Observe Safety notes see page 319 gt Take the jack from the vehicle tool kit The R 350 BlueTEC does not have a spare gt page 270 wheel The spare wheel is located in the space underneath the cargo compartment floor 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 273 Version 2 11 8 1 Where will I find gt Removing Open the tailgate gt page 75 gt Lift the cargo compartment floor and secure it on the upper cargo compartment lip gt page 270 H To prevent damage always disengage the securing hook from upper cargo compartment lip and lower the cargo compartment floor before closing the tailgate Remove the jack from the vehicle tool kit gt page 271 i 04010537731 gt Remove retaining screw Q by turning it counterclockwise If retaining screw does not come loose turn storage well casing 3 slightly counterclockwise Retaining screw 1 should then come loose easily
399. oad limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Traction The adhesive friction of a tire on a surface on which it moves The amount of grip provided 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 in 1 6 mm of tread remains TWR Tongue Weight Rating Maximum permissible weight on trailer tongue Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Winter driving General information Have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles with diesel engine Do not cover the radiator for example with a winter front Otherwise the readings of the on board diagnostic system may be inaccurate Some of theses readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 251 Version 2 11 8 1
400. of 96 RON 86 MON Diesel engine ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM AdBlue tank R 350 BlueTEC 7 5 US gal 28 2 AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Air All models R134a refrigerant conditioning and special system PAG lubricant oil never R 12 Washer system All models 8 0 US qt 7 6 MB Windshield and headlamp Washer cleaning Concentrate system gt page 357 Washer fluid mixing ratio gt page 357 30 Mixed with water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Fuels coolants lubricants etc Approved engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with the Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only H Using engine oils and oil filters of a specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so will result in engine o
401. of Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 23 Version 2 11 8 1 Introduction Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www safercar gov Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that
402. ol of the SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim the transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle Vehicles without panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Press and hold button a on the SmartKey until the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position The vehicle unlocks gt Release button a on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 108 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel When roller sunblinds are extended gt Press and hold button g SmartKey The vehicle unlocks The windows open and the roller sunblinds begin to retract after approximately 1 second gt With the windows opened and the roller sunblinds fully retracted press and hold button on the SmartKey again The tilt sliding panel opens gt Release button a on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure on the When roller sunblinds are retracted gt Press and hold button SmartKey The vehicle unlocks The windows and the tilt sliding panel opens after approximately 1 second gt Release button a on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure on the Convenience closing feature When locking the vehicle you can simultan
403. ol panel gt Activating Press button auto The indicator lamp in the button comes on The temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically gt Deactivating Press button Jor The automatic air volume is switched off and is controlled according to the desired setting The automatic air distribution remains switched on or gt Press button 4 Jor The automatic air distribution is switched off and is controlled according to the desired position The automatic air volume remains switched on Setting the temperature You can set the air temperature for each of the 3 zones separately You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 177 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 3 zone automatic climate control increments preferably starting at 72 F Rear temperature with rear climate 22 C control panel gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control 2 gt page 174 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise USA only The air distribution can be adjusted manually The symbols on the buttons represent the following functions i PR2404179 21 Front temperature with front climate control panel Symbol Function Controls in detail A USA onl wi Directs air to the windshield and ony side air vents gt Increasi
404. omes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2422 21 Example illustration SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Le Lock button DS Unlock button for tailgate ew Unlock button USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 71 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and unlocking Canada only KEYLESS GO This device complies with RSS 2 10 of 5 peer Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come Industry Canada Operation is subject to with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each the following two conditions with remote control and a removable 1 This device may not cause interference mechanical key and The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into 2 this device must accept any the SmartKey The validity of the SmartKey is interference received including checked every time you grasp an outside door 75 interference that may cause undesired ha
405. on 2 11 8 1 Engine compartment vehicle Comply with all relevant safety precautions N Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades gt Pull hood lock release lever 4 A Warning The hood is unlocked Vehicles with gasoline engine The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system H Never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield Otherwise the windshield wipers or the hood could be damaged c D Q O e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually N Warning Vehicles with diesel engine The engine is equipped with a high voltage electronic control unit for the injection system Because of the high voltage it is gt Press and hold handle dangerous to touch any components of the The hood is unlocked injection system injectors electrical wires gt Pull up on the hood in direction of arrow e with the engine running and then release it e while starting the engine The hood will be held open at sh
406. on Audio AUX mode or on media interface see separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Opening Pull glove box lid release 1 gt Closing Push glove box lid 2 upwards until it engages You can lock the glove box e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service The glove box can only be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key 1 Glove box unlocked Glove box locked N Storage compartment in front center console gt Tab on chrome label 2 of cover Q lightly Cover 1 swings open automatically Front armrest storage compartment telephone tray The storage compartment and the telephone tray can be opened separately IALA 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 199 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing If your vehicle is equipped with Rear Seat Entertainment Package the storage compartment contains the DVD player see separate operating instructions SSS at Rear armrest storage compartment A storage compartment is located in the armrest of the rear center console between the second row seats Controls in detail The Roadside Assistance button gt gt page 210 and the Information button gt page 210 are located in telephone tray 3 gt Opening storage compartment Press button and lift up armrest gt Opening the telephone tray Press button Q and lift
407. on display 274 Wihatitoidolit se ec ERE 299 Unlocking locking manually 308 Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints 310 Replacing SmartKey batteries 310 Replacing bulbs 312 Replacing wiper blades 317 9 Fiat Grew ed ee nen 319 Bleeding the fuel system diesel engineionl y eae e e 331 S AdBlue diesel engine only 331 Battery en 333 Jump stantinSecc ee 336 Towing the vehicle 338 Fuses nenn ese eer ese eee 340 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints A Where will I find Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Where will I find Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items The first aid kit is located in the space underneath the cargo compartment floor To lift the cargo compartment floor see Vehicle tool kit gt page 270 Example illustration R 350 BlueTEC First aid kit The vehicle tool kit is located in the space underneath the cargo compartment floor The vehicle tool kit includes Alignment bolt 16 Col
408. onditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Compass Calling up the compass Press button or EP on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the AIRMATIC Compass menu appears in the multifunction display The compass displays the direction into which the vehicle is currently traveling N NE E SE S SW W or NW 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 217 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features ARMATE Compass Infrared reflecting glass reduces the amount of radiated heat entering the vehicle interior through the windows The infrared reflecting glass also prevents the ty transmission of signals through the glass by i in vehicle electronic devices e g electronic If your vehicle is not equipped with toll co
409. onents will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle we strongly recommend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Safety and security iz 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security 5 Occupant safety Front air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 Driver s front air bag 1 and front passenger front air bag 2 are designed to provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger against the risk of injuries to the head and thorax Driver and
410. ontrol from the front USA only Deactivating Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button REAR The indicator lamp in the button goes out REAR ore e Canada only gt Deactivating Press button 74 The indicator lamp in the button comes on In display 4 gt page 172 you will see the 4 symbol followed by MODE for approximately 3 seconds gt Within these 3 seconds press button OFF In display 4 you will see the followed by OFF The rear climate control is switched off gt Reactivating Press button 74 A symbol The indicator lamp in the button comes on In display 9 you will see the 355 symbol followed by ON and MODE The MODE display is cleared and the indicator lamp in button ii goes out after approximately 3 seconds The rear climate control switches on Deactivating the rear climate control from the rear gt Deactivating Press button OFF The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on AUTO Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging
411. ood or the tailgate open gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so Close the hood gt page 223 or the tailgate gt page 75 There is otherwise danger of an accident You are trying to lock the vehicle with the KEYLESS GO function with a door or the tailgate open gt Close all doors and or the tailgate gt page 75 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 289 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions You are driving with at least one door open Close all doors Key A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO left in the vehicle was Detected recognized while trying to lock the vehicle from the outside In Vehicle Take the SmartKey out of the vehicle 1 e Don t This message appears for a maximum of 60 seconds if the Forget driver s door is opened with the engine turned off and no Your Key SmartKey in the starter switch This message is only a reminder gt Take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle Remove Key You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch You need The SmartKey is malfunctioning a new key Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints E Key Does The SmartKey in the starter switch does not belong to the TT Not vehicle Belong tO gt Find the SmartKey that belon
412. ools approved and recommended for your vehicle 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 324 Version 2 11 8 1 Lifting the vehicle N Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always engage the parking brake firmly and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use a non slip underlay for
413. or is divided into five yellow and two red distance segments for left side 1 and right side 2 of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready to measure when the yellow readiness indicators are illuminated The current transmission position determines which warning indicator will be activated Current Warning indicator transmission position D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the seventh distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 159 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems e Front area An intermittent acoustic Trailer towing warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates A constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The The rear Parktronic sensors will be deactivated when you have established the electrical connection between your vehicle and the trailer you are about to tow signal is canceled when the automatic H The distance between the sensors in the transmission is shifted into park bumpers and an obstacle is referred to as position P orthe parking brake is engaged the minimum range of the Parktronic A trailer hitch will reduce the distance to an obstacle Keep this in min
414. or serious personal 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 256 Version 2 11 8 1 injury Follow the guidelines below carefully to assure safe trailer operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center should you require an explanation of information contained in this manual Trailer hitch e Only install a trailer hitch receiver approved for your vehicle For information on availability and installation contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e The bumpers on your vehicle are not designed for use with clamp type hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them e To reduce the possibility of damage remove the hitch ball adapter from the receiver when not in use Electrical connections The vehicle is prewired to accept the seven wire harness included in the Mercedes Benz approved trailer hitch receiver kit A four pole conversion plug is available from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as a spare part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle and trailer weights and ratings The Gross Trailer Weight GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of all cargo equipment luggage etc loaded on the trailer The maximum permissible GTW to be towed 3500 Ib 1588 kg Trailer Tongue Weight Rating TWR is the maximum permissible weight on the trailer tongue 350 Ib 158 kg limit for Mercedes Benz approved hitch receiver 2009 03 23T09
415. or uneven roads adjusting the vehicle to a lower level may cause the vehicle underbody to come in contact with the road and result in damage to the vehicle underbody Always make sure the vehicle has sufficient ground clearance before adjusting it to a lower level H Before jacking up the vehicle with equipment that lifts one or more of the wheels completely off of the ground remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The activation threshold is defined by the ADS setting gt page 153 Basic settings The following vehicle chassis ride heights can be selected using vehicle level control switch in the center console Level Driving situation Raised level For driving on rough roads Indicator lamp is on Highway For driving on paved roads level in fair or better condition Indicator lamp is off 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 155 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems The third available level is the highspeed When indicator lamp is off level that is set automatically gt Press switch The following is the approximate change in Indicator lamp 2 flashes The vehicle ride height for each of the level settings adjusts to the raised level Level Ride height The following message appears in the multifunction display while the level is Raised level 1 97 in 50 mm being set Highway 0 in 0 mm level Compass Highspeed 0 78 in 20 mm level
416. ormally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 221 Version 2 11 8 1 At the gas station For more information on gasoline see Premium unleaded gasoline gasoline engine gt page 353 see Fuel requirements gt page 353 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Diesel engine Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM Information on diesel quality can normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on diesel fuels see Fuel requirements gt page 353 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Diesel engine If you have driven the vehicle until the tank is empty the fuel system needs to be bled gt page 331 The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO automatically locks unlocks the fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap see Fuel filler flap gt page 309 gt Turn off the engine Operation u 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Engine compartment Leaving the engine runnin
417. ot approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and different tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures for cold tires is located on the driver s door B pillar Supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition can be found on the tire inflation pressure label The tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s maintenance recommendation included with the vehicle For information on recommended tire inflation pressure and supplemental tire inflation pressure information for special driving situations see gt page 228 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 348 Version 2 11 8 1 Please keep in mind that the vehicle must be equipped e with wheels of identical dimensions on each axle left and right e with tires of identical characteristics all around i e summer tires winter tires all season tires or MOExtended tires etc The following
418. ou can limit or extend the gear range see One touch gearshifting gt page 120 DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 120 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission The current gear range appears in the The current program mode appears in the multifunction display multifunction display Gear range indicator Program mode indicator Effect You should only change the program mode when the automatic transmission is in park 3 With this selection you can use the position P braking effect of the engine The last selected program mode C or S is Controls in detail 2 Allows the use of the engine s active when the engine is restarted braking effect when driving gt Press the program mode selector switch e on steep downgrades repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the multifunction e in mountainous regions display Uae Sirene hae Selecting program mode C means conditions e The vehicle starts out more gentle both 1 For maximum use of the engine s forward and reverse except when driving braking effect on very steep or off with full throttle lengthy downgrades e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower revolutions and the wheels are less likely to spin Selecting program mode S means that upshif
419. ould lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 65 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Driving safety systems Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty ESP N Observe Safety notes see page 63 The Electronic Stability Program ESP is operational as soon as the engine is running It monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Such testing should be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The ESP recognizes that the vehicle deviates from the direction of travel as intended by the driver By applying brakes to individual wheels and by limiting the engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehic
420. oulder height by gas filled struts automatically e when the ignition is switched on Closing Z Warning When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Make sure the hood is securely engaged before driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage after an DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Engine compartment accident for example The hood could otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others gt Let the hood drop from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Vehicles with diesel engine Do not cover the radiator for example with a winter front or bug cover Otherwise the readings of the on board diagnostic system may be inaccurate Some of theses readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times The amount of oil your engine consumes will depend on a number of factors including driving style Increased oil consumption can occur when the vehicle is new or the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period H Do not use any special lubricant additives as these
421. out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow gt Seat backrest tilt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 4 me an e Sem fe O gt Seat height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow gt Seat cushion tilt Press the switchupor Raising Adjust the height of head down in direction of arrow 2 until your restraint 1 by pulling it upward upper legs are lightly supported gt Head restraint height vehicles with memory function Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow Q If head restraint 1 is fully retracted press release button 2 in direction of arrow and pull head restraint 1 upward gt Lowering Press release button 2 in Head restraint height adjustment direction of arrow and press down on head manual restraint This feature is only available in vehicles without memory function N Warning Head restraint fore and aft adjustment IN Warning Vehicles with Rear Seat Entertainment For your protection drive only with properly Package When adjusting the head restraint positioned head restraints make sure your fingers do not become caught Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close between the head restraint cushion and the to the head as possible and the center of the monitor Failing to do so may lead to injury
422. own gt page 342 gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Engage the parking brake 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 115 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission Always engage the parking brake in N Warning addition to shifting the automatic en en Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone transmission into park position P only will shift the automatic transmission into tral position N a ically Observe instructions if you want the neun aposto mautonta automatic transmission to remain in neutral position N see Remaining in Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine neutral position N gt page 117 Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which C could result in an accident and or serious T With SmartKey personal injury D E E ee EE gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to In an emergency you can turn off the E position Q engine while driving by pressing and x gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter holding the KEYLESS GO start stop button switch for approximately 3 seconds e O When you turn off the engine using the If you have started the engine with the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey from KEYLESS GO start stop button and cannot the starter switch or open a front door the turn it off as described above automatic transmission will shift into park
423. p gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replace The air filter is clogged air filter Have the air filter checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center r Pr Clean There is water in the fuel filter T Fuel gt Have the water drained at an authorized Mercedes Benz S Filter Center as soon as possible ay Check The AdBlue supply is almost depleted N tive gt Have the AdBlue tank refilled as soon as possible a nat gt page 331 Be LT Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Manua ay Remaining The AdBlue supply has dropped to the minimum level Starts 20 p Have the AdBlue tank refilled immediately gt page 331 Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center When the message Remaining approximately 1 gal 3 79 AdBlue Starts 20 appears in the multifunction corresponds to approximately 2 refill display you can start the engine 20 more containers AdBlue or have the AdBlue times If you do not add AdBlue the tank filled at an authorized Mercedes Benz engine cannot be started beyond that Center After AdBlue was refilled the point Therefore fill the AdBlue tank with engine can be started again 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 295 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Lamps Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp
424. p and push backwards until it engages audibly An outboard second row seat is locked properly only when the lock status indicator is in hinged position and the red marking is barely visible gt page 86 251_AKB d2ureepe 4 52 en US N Warning After installing top tether straps make sure the seats are locked properly the seat backrests are in an upright position and they are locked properly An outboard second row seat is locked properly only when the lock status indicator is in hinged position and the red marking is barely visible If a seat and seat backrest are not locked properly the seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold The child seat would no longer be supported properly or positioned to provide its intended benefit That could cause serious or even fatal injuries gt Lower the head restraint if necessary gt page 88 Make sure top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest gt Install the child restraint system and tighten top tether strap 4 according to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions After removing the child restraint system and top tether strap gt Reinstall anchorage ring cover 4 Second row middle seat Z Warning Only install a child seat in the second row middle seat position if the outboard seat belt buckle is not obstructed or overlapped by the child seat Not all child seats inclu
425. parately controlled devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems N Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 213 Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features P68 05 2177 21 Interior rear view mirror with integrated remote control Hand held remote control is not part of the vehicle equipment Programming the integrated remote control gt Step 1 Switch on the ignition gt Step 2 If you have previously programmed a signal
426. paring the vehicle gt Vehicles with AIRMATIC Make sure the vehicle level is set to highway level gt page 153 gt Whenever possible park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface gt Turn on the hazard warning flasher gt Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Engage the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door can then be closed again Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so Vehicles retrofitted with TIREFIT kit 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 320 Version 2 11 8 1 Only use the power outlet in the second row footwell for electric air pump operation You can use the power outlet even when the ignition is switched off e g in order to inflate the collapsible tire An emergency shut off feature is designed to prevent the vehicle s on board voltage from dropping below a minimum level I
427. pect ratio rating Aspect ratio is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code Tire code 8 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire Operation u Tire width with a speed capability above 149 mph Aspect ratio in 240 km h can include a ZR in the size Radial tire code designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed Rim diameter rating gt page 246 Load index Speed symbol Rim diameter Rim diameter 4 is the diameter of the bead For illustration purposes only Actualdata seat not the diameter of the rim edge The on tires are specific to each vehicle and rim diameter is indicated in inches in may vary from data shown in above illustration Load index General Depending on the design standards A Warning used the tire size molded into the sidewall The tire load rating must always be at least may have no letter or a letter preceding the half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise tire size designation tire failure may be the result which may cause No letter preceding the size designation as an accident and or se
428. perature control passenger Set the temperature to 72 F gt page 176 side 22 C Automatic climate control on Switches on the climate gt page 175 off control system The indicator lamp in button OFF goes out Air distribution passenger side gt page 177 directs air through the footwells and side air vents Controls in detail u Air distribution passenger side gt page 177 directs air through center and side air vents AC cooling on off Switches on the air gt page 175 conditioning The indicator lamp in button X comes on Residual heat ventilation with the engine turned off it gt page 180 is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior Display Decreasing air volume gt page 178 Air recirculation i Only use this function fora page 179 short time e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Air distribution driver s side gt page 177 directs air through center and side air vents Air distribution driver s side gt page 177 directs air through the footwells and side air vents DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail ie 3 zone automatic climate control Function Interior temperature sensor 0 Adopting driver s side settings for all zones Rear automatic climate control P83 40 4170 31 Increasing air volume Temperature control A
429. placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 228 Version 2 11 8 1 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly Only adjust the tire inflation pressure on cold tires The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Depending on the ambient temperature the driving speed and the tire load the tire temperature changes When the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire inflation pressure will change by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure on warm tires and adjust the tire pressure only if the tire inflation pressure is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the reading will be higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the filler flap for any additional information pertainin
430. play press button memory menu gt page 130 or EP repeatedly until the standard display appears Distance warning function menu page 138 10 The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is a message stored 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe The following functions are available e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 232 Canada only e Checking tire inflation pressure with the Advanced TPMS gt page 232 USA only e Checking coolant temperature gt page 127 e Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature gt page 127 e Calling up maintenance service indicator display gt page 262 Checking coolant temperature N Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the coolant temperature appears in the multifunction display During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may r
431. position 7 er M Paiga af Armrest position Multicontour seat The multicontour seat has a movable seat cushion and inflatable air cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side support 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 90 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt Seat cushion depth Adjust the seat cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch Q gt Seat backrest contour Adjust the contour of the seat backrest to the desired position using or gt Move the seat backrest support cushion to the bottom with button or to the center with button gt Seat backrest side bolsters Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch 2 Seat ventilation P5425801 The blue indicator lamps 2 in seat ventilation switch Q come on to show which ventilation level you have selected The seat ventilation for the driver s seat can be activated using the summer opening feature gt page 108 gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press respective seat ventilation switch 4 Three blue indicator lamps 2 in seat ventilation switch I come on gt Switching off Press seat ventilation switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps 2 go out If there is insufficient voltage the seat ventilating switches off automatically 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 5
432. position P automatically gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch A Warning gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone The engine turns off The starter switch is only will shift the automatic transmission into in position O gt page 79 neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Automatic transmission Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious Introduction personal injury For information on driving with an automatic transmission see Driving and parking With KEYLESS GO gt page 110 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button A Warning With the driver s door closed the starter Make sure absolutely no objects are switch is nowin position 1 With the drivers obstructing the pedals range of movement door opened the starter switch is set to Keep the driver s footwell clear of all position 0 same as the SmartKey removed obstacles If there are any floormats or from the starter switch gt page 79 carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals When you turn off the engine using the still have sufficient clearance KEYLESS GO start stop button and open a During sudden driving or braking maneuvers front door the automatic transmission will the objects could get caught between the shift into park position P automati
433. previously been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm see gt page 68 gt Front doors Pull on inside door handle 2 on the respective front door If the door was locked locking knob D will move up gt Rear doors Pull up locking knob on the respective rear door to unlock door gt Pull on the inside door handle on the respective rear door The doors and the tailgate lock automatically when the vehicle is set into motion You can open a locked front door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors are designed to unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 74 Version 2 11 8 1 turning at vehicle speeds of above 9 mph 15 km h You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle is pushed or towed or is on a test stand You can also activate or deactivate the automatic central locking using the control system gt page 137 Z Observe Safety notes see page 55 You can lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside using the central locking switches This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking switches do not lock or unlock the fuel fi
434. r 262 Operation u 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 220 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 At the gas station Vehicle equipment At the gas station Refueling This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially A Warning available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Gasoline and diesel fuels are highly flammable and poisonous They burn violently and can cause serious injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline or diesel fuel The first 1000 miles 1500 km Turn off the engine before refueling 2 Whenever you are around gasoline or diesel The more cautiously you treat your vehicle fuel avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or during the break in period the more satisfied clothing contact Extinguish all smoking you will be with its performance later on materials e Drive your vehicle during the first Direct skin contact with fuels and the 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your moderate vehicle and engine speeds health During this period avoid heavy loads full A Warning throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than 2 3 of maximum rpm in each gear Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas
435. r and passengers should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts Always wear your seat belt regardless of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags It is important to your safety and that of your passengers to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air 251_AKB d2ureepe bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags will continue to provide supplemental 4 52 en US crash protection for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device ETD and air bag A Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines Californi
436. r emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Mercedes Benz recommends MOBIL OIL Use the table below to determine the MB sheet number Model Engine MB sheet type number R 350 BlueTEC 642 22951 R 350 272 229 5 MB sheet numbers are printed on the outside of oil containers 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 352 Version 2 11 8 1 Viscosity grades for engine oils Using the chart below select oil viscosity according to the lowest air temperature expected before the next oil change Pia 00 2251 31 Engine oil additives H Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air conditioning system H Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A Warning During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenuous operating conditions this moisture content can lead to 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 353 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency Therefore th
437. r exterior rear view mirrors on or off Use this function to set the exterior rear view mirrors to be folded in automatically when you lock your vehicle With this function set to On and the exterior rear view mirrors folded in using the button on the door control panel gt page 95 the exterior rear view mirrors will not fold out when you switch on the ignition You will then have to fold out the exterior rear view mirrors using the button on the door control panel gt page 95 Make sure both exterior rear view mirrors are folded out completely before driving off gt Press button or LP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 Move the selection marker with button or to the Comfort submenu gt Press button 4 or V repeatedly until the message Fold In Mirrors When Locking appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Fok in Mirrors When Looking On OFF gt Press button or to switch the function On or Off In vehicles equipped with Distronic you can determine whether the distance warning function is to be enabled or disabled With this function set to On the system will alert you when recognizing a stationary obstacle or a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe slower vehicle moving in yo
438. r illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This 251_AKB d2ureepe 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 307 Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if sequence will continue upon subsequent or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction TPMS from functioning properly Always exists When the malfunction indicator is check the TPMS malfunction telltale after illuminated the system may not be able to replacing one or more tires or wheels on your detect or signal low tire pressure as intended vehicle to ensure that the replacement or TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to reasons including the installation of continue to function properly incompatible replacement or alternate tires Lamp in center console Problem Canada only EA Pass air Bac Ea The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated gt page 47 Canada only Zh PASS AIR sasaa The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp does not illuminate or
439. ransmission If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear range the automatic transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit gt Pull and hold right gearshift control 2 until the gear range indicator disappears from the multifunction display The automatic transmission will shift from the current gear range directly into drive position D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Pull and hold left gearshift control Q The automatic transmission will select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration automatically This will involve shifting down one or more gears If vehicle acceleration becomes less responsive or sluggish or the automatic transmission no longer shifts the automatic transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear R can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting gt Restart the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R gt Have the automatic transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe
440. rature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator N Warning If you bought this vehicle used be sure to Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or send in the Notice of Purchase of Used tires wheels may cause serious damage and Truck found in the Service and Warranty impair the operating safety of your vehicle Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Such blows can be caused for example by Benz Customer Assistance Center in the running over an obstacle road debris or a USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer pothole If you feel a sudden significant Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle as occurred A o 8 h ing flash Operating your vehicle outside the u your hazardwaring Masher USA or Canada e slow down carefully If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign e drive with caution to an area which is a safe countries please be aware that distance from the road e Service facilities or replacement parts may _ nspect the vehicle underbody and tires not be readily available wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs e Unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e Gasoline may have a co
441. re are wheels without appropriate wheel sensors mounted Pressure e No e g winter tires Monitor Wheel gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Sensors Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 284 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Tire Wheel At least one sensor is defect e g battery is empty Pressure Sensor The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire Monitor Missing inflation pressure in the multifunction display Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center At least one wheel without appropriate wheel sensors is mounted e g spare tire The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Wire Currently The Advanced TPMS cannot monitor the tire inflation pressure Pressure Unavailabl due to a nearby radio interference source or insufficient Monitor e power supply As soon as the causes of the malfunction have been rectified
442. re soo eeeeeeeneeeenaey nennt 319 Refueling sosccsccccssscssssessesssssseseseesese 220 Lowering the vehicle mm 329 Requirements c nenneenenn 353 Mounting the spare wheel 324 Fuel filler flap un 221 Preparing the vehicle 320 Opening manually ssssssssssesseceeeee 309 Spare wheel Bdoees een 319 350 Fuels coolants lubricants etc TIREFIT tire repair kit 320 Capacities 350 Fl ormats onnies 217 NSA a a Fuel system bleeding diesel Fluids 7 engine uueseneneeenennnnnn 331 AdBlue uk ER ee 351 Fuel tank Automatic transmission fluid 350 CAP ACILY ana nn 351 Brake fluid ieviaschedadsceauadssvaastasscchecsuads 351 Fuel filler flap and Cap ssssccccssessseeee 221 Capacities wa 350 Ref eling u n0nes 220 Engine coolant ee N fe are me 340 Engine il u eru 0r0 350 Power steering fluid 2 351 C Washer and headlamp cleaning system Garage door opener 32 213 Fog lamps Gasoline Messages in the multifunction see Fuel GIS DAY es scces Ai cese sce EA 295 296 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 249 Fold in function for exterior rear Gear range uue unsere 119 view Mirrors o oo 138 Indicatore isinma ee 120 Four wheel drive o at ai Ne e E EEE 121 see All wheel drive 4MATIC Shifting into optimal 121 Front air bags Gear selector lever 116 see Air bags Cleaning ee 267 Front a
443. re when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passengers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 249 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GTW Gross Trailer Weight The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of all cargo equipment luggage etc loaded on the trailer GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passengers fuel and cargo and
444. rection of arrows gt Flip down additional sun visor when you experience additional glare through the windshield 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Useful features Vanity mirror The vanity mirror lamp only functions when the sun visor is engaged in mounting N gt Flip sun visor 1 down gt Lift up vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror lamp comes on This feature is only available in the USA gt Extending Pull on tab 2 and engage it in holder gt Retracting Disengage tab 2 from holder Q and guide retraction H Always guide the sunshade Do not let it snap back abruptly as the retractor could be damaged H Always either close the door window or lower the sunshade when driving at high speed e g on highways The sunshade could disengage and snap back when the sunshade is raised and the respective door window is open The retractor could be damaged Center console ashtray A storage compartment is located under the ashtray insert 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 204 Version 2 11 8 1 H The storage compartment is not heat proof Therefore do not stub cigarettes in the storage compartment gt Opening Open cover 1 gt page 198 gt Removing ashtray insert Grab ashtray insert at the rear and pull it out gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Insert ashtray insert 2 and push it down until it engages gt Closing Push down co
445. refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days 1 Applicable to vehicles with gasoline engine only Introduction Written notification should not be sent to a dealer it should be addressed to Mercedes Benz US
446. require you to do so make sure the amp indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the 3 indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the EA indicator lamp while driving to make sure the indicator lamp is illuminated If the Eh indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired PASS AIR BAG jga PASS AIR BAC E PASS AIR Bac Q3 Pass AIR BAG Q3 PASS AIR BAG E3 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 57 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates e If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Z Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or
447. res 2224 244 201 Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Locking and unlocking Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Locking and unlocking Z Observe Safety notes see page 55 When unlocking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed When locking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed All doors and the tailgate must be closed If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey and replace them if necessary e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door e Use the mechanical key to lock the vehicle e Have the vehicle battery and the vehicle battery connections checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is malfunctioning contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 70 Version 2 11 8 1 Your vehicle c
448. reshold e independently of the side impact air bags If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the front passenger s weight category as identified by the OCS 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 43 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety For more information on air bag display messages in the multifunction display see gt page 277 N Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously in
449. rious injury to you or illustrated above Passenger car tire based others on European design standards Always replace rims and tires with the same Letter P preceding the size designation designation manufacturer and type as shown Passenger car tire based on U S design on the original part standards wena Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake Tire width failure Tire width indicates the nominal tire width Load index is a numerical code associated in millimeters with the maximum load a tire can support DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Tires and wheels For example a load rating of 9 1 corresponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ib 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 240 where the maximum load associated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and Ibs For additional information on the load index see Load identification gt pag
450. rkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Interior Lighting Delayed Shut oFF On OFF gt Press button or to switch the interior lighting delayed shut off feature On or ff 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 137 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Vehicle submenu The following functions are available Access the Vehicle submenu via the e Activating easy entry exit feature Settings menu Use the Vehicle submenu gt page 137 to set the automatic central locking e Activating deactivating the seat belt Switching automatic central locking on or adjustment feature gt page 138 off e Switching fold in function for exterior rear Use this function to switch the automatic view mirrors on or off gt page 138 central locking on or off With the automatic central locking activated the vehicle is Activating easy entry exit feature Controls in detail a
451. rmined by our authorized technician and MoJ Jein Aa tow service provider For additional information refer to the N Warning Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada in your vehicle literature portfolio Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your If you change your address be sure to send vehicle Change of address or ownership in the Change of Address Notice found in Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the Service and Warranty Information for repairs or modifications to electronic Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz components Customer Assistance Center in the USA at Other improper work or modifications on the 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service vehicle could also have a negative impact on in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will he Gperatina eatany E assist us in contacting you in a timely manner Some safety systems only function while the should the need arise UM y engine is running You should therefore never If you sell your Mercedes please leave all turn off the engine while driving lite
452. rn the combination switch to the desired position depending on the intensity of the rain Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet weather conditions or in the presence of precipitation 6 Rain sensor operation with low sensitivity 7 Rain sensor operation with high sensitivity 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 104 Version 2 11 8 1 When you select intermittent wiping the rain sensor is activated The rain sensor sets a suitable wiping interval depending on the wetness of the sensor surface automatically H Do not leave windshield wipers on an intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a result H If you have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical effects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry gt Turn the combination switch to position eee OF After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are controlled by the rain sensor automatically Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehic
453. road conditions by applying the brakes to a spinning wheel In addition more power is transferred to the wheel s with traction When you switch off the ESP the 4 ETS is still enabled Switching off the ESP Z Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security a Driving safety systems circumstances described below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP This allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip for example e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel A Warning Switch on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning When you switch off the ESP the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the 4 ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel the ESP continues to operate when you are braking e the cruise control or the Distronic system cannot be activated e the cruise control or the Distronic system switch off if activated When th
454. roof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 182 Version 2 11 8 1 Express opening is not available when the tilt sliding sunroof is raised The tilt sliding sunroof must be closed first When the tilt sliding sunroof is open resonance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by minimal pressure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or eliminate these noises change the position of the tilt sliding sunroof or open a window slightly Raising gt Raising manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To raise the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Express raising is not available when the tilt sliding sunroof is open The tilt sliding sunroof must be closed first Closing gt Closing manually Pull and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 3 gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To close the tilt sliding sunroof complete
455. rosene The fuel system and engine will otherwise be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For further information on diesel fuel pump labeling contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Biodiesel FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Ester containing fuels Mercedes Benz USA LLC approves the use of B5 standard ULSD ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL with a maximum of up to 5 vol biodiesel in all Common Rail Injection CDI and BlueTEC diesel engines As biodiesel can be produced from a variety of raw materials resulting in widely varying qualities the only approved biodiesel for B5 is one that meets ASTM D6751 specification and has additionally an adequate oxidation stability of min 6 hours acc to EN14112 to prevent damage to the system from deposits and or corrosion Diesel fuels containing a higher percentage of biodiesel e g B20 as well as straight biodiesel may cause severe damage to your engine fuel system and are not approved Please ask your service station personnel for further information If the B5 biodiesel blend is not sufficiently labeled to clearly indicate that it meets the above standards please do not use it The Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty does not cover damages caused by the use of fuels not meeting Mercedes Benz approved fuel standards Gasoline additives gasoline engine A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by
456. rown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Cup holder in front center console A cup holder and a removable card ticket holder with bottle opener are located in the front center console gt Removing card ticket holder Lift card ticket holder 2 at the rear and take it out Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 202 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Controls in detail E Useful features Vehicles with rear center console are not equipped with a cup holder in front of the second row seats ee wa a 2 una p Ves 877 mS P68 00 5528 31 Card ticket holder with bottle opener 7 Cards and tickets can be inserted into the slot in the middle zu Poa 00 5520 39 The bottle opener is located underneath the card ticket holder and has openers for screw caps 8 and crown caps gt Opening Press release button 2 Cover Q opens automatically Re With the card ticket holder removed you SEE qu G can also take the rubber inlet from the cup ee ee holder for cleaning S B i 7 T die f Pet OO asaka gt Pull cover 1 down in direction of arrow as far as it will go Pot 00 6529 m gt Reinstalling card ticket holder Guide tabs 5 into openings gt Guide rear of card ticket holder 2 into cup holder a
457. rranty H Jump starting should only be performed using the jump start terminals located in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit 17 Vehicles with gasoline engine only 18 Vehicles with gasoline engine only 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 336 Version 2 11 8 1 If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery Ifthe battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the fully charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack Observe the following e Access to the battery is not possible on all vehicles If you cannot access the battery of the other vehicle provide jump start power by an external battery or starter pack e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic converter are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump s
458. rrow 2 as far as it will go gt Firmly press the top of the head restraint cushion towards the head restraint cover in direction of arrow 3 until it engages gt Repeat this procedure on the NECK PRO active front head restraint for the second front seat For information on NECK PRO active front head restraints see NECK PRO active front head restraints gt page 53 Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe have the batteries replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center N Warning Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately A Warning SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint When replacing batter
459. rrupting the closing procedure Press or pull remote tailgate opening closing switch Q Limiting opening height of tailgate You can limit the opening height of the tailgate in the upper opening range This can be useful for example when the space above the tailgate is not sufficient Activating gt Open the tailgate Pull on handle gt page 75 or press and hold button I on the SmartKey until the tailgate opens gt Stop opening procedure When the tailgate is in the desired position press tailgate closing switch gt page 77 or pull on handle once more gt You can also press or pull the remote tailgate opening closing switch gt page 78 to stop the opening procedure Starter switch positions gt Press and hold the tailgate closing switch in the tailgate gt page 77 until you hear a short acoustic signal The opening height of the tailgate is limited The tailgate will now stop at the stored position when opened Deactivating gt Press and hold the tailgate closing switch in the tailgate gt page 77 until you hear two short consecutive acoustic signals Starter switch positions Smart N Observe Safety notes see page 55 Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrical consumers e g radio 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position When yo
460. rsion 2 11 8 1 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel The roller sunblinds only operate with the tilt sliding panel closed The front and rear roller sunblind cannot be operated individually N Warning When extending the roller sunblinds make sure no one is in danger of being injured by the extending procedure The extending of the roller sunblinds can be immediately halted by releasing the switch Roof panel switch Retracting Retracting Extending gt Switch on the ignition gt Retracting Extending Move the roof panel switch to the resistance point in the required direction of arrow 1 or until the roller sunblinds have reached their desired position gt Express retracting Push the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 and release The roller sunblinds retract completely gt Stopping during express retracting Move the roof panel switch in any direction A Observe Safety notes see page 55 N Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding panel make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding panel is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding panel is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding panel will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding panel operates d
461. rt time e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 172 Version 2 11 8 1 Controls in detail u 3 zone automatic climate control Function Interior temperature sensor Climate control on off Recommendation Notes Switches on the climate gt page 175 control system The indicator lamp in button OFF goes out Canada only SS Function Temperature control driver s side Air distribution and air volume automatic mode Air distribution driver s side directs air through the windshield and side air vents Front defroster Increasing air volume Rear window defroster PS3 40 4169 31 Recommendation Notes Set the temperature to 72 F gt page 176 22 C Switches onthe automatic gt page 176 mode The indicator lamp in button auto comes on gt page 177 Keep this setting selected gt page 178 only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again gt page 178 gt page 180 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 173 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 3 zone automatic climate control Function Recommendation Notes Air distribution passenger side gt page 177 directs air through the windshield and side air vents Operating the rear climate gt page 175 control from the front Tem
462. rter switch Pull The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is permanently not detected starting gt Remove the KEYLESS GO button from the starter switch u ee gt page 80 a gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch 2 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center c key Z AA Bluetooth The telephone has not yet been connected to the COMAND g Ready system via Bluetooth Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth a Top Up The fluid level has dropped to approximately of total Washer reservoir capacity Fluid gt Add washer fluid gt page 226 Engine Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Top Up The coolant level is too low Coolant gt Add coolant gt page 225 er gt If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling Da system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 291 d2ureepe Version 2
463. ructions e Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports e Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach a tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts H Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 338 Version 2 11 8 1 Warranty All wheels must be on or off the ground Observe instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground N Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly H Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly or diagonally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment H Do not use the towing eye bolt for recovery as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane If the battery is disconnected or discharged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch e the automatic transmission will re
464. ruise control ossessi 280 Bistronienan seen 280 DOOS este 289 EBP srities 286 Engine Ole 293 ESP ae 275 286 Fog lamps a 295 296 Front passenger front air bag 277 G3S CAP2rsseineeeieenlike High beam lamps Hood License plate lamps uce Light sensor Low beam lamps cernessseneerne een Parking Drake u ezunnnenneeersnne nennen Parking l mpS z 522 245 24225232204 PRE SAFES N Sn een Reservefuel a Reverse lamp eccnneerneen nen Side marker lamps Sman KEY enar eeen r ri 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 13 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 289 Child seat anchors LATCH type 60 SRO Anton einen 287 Fastening the seat belts 49 Tailgater 288 Front passenger front air bag off Taila mipS nnion 297 indicator lamp Canada MAE Ald E ee 287 ONlY annashseise sinne 45 307 Tire inflation pressure 283 298 Front passenger front air bag off Tire pressure MONItOr eee 283 indicator lamp USA only 42 307 TINS sivssessivecevssesacetsvsessereasasaiic 283 298 Infant and child restraint systems 55 Trailer brake lamps 297 INGRODUCTION EREET T 36 Trailer tail lamps esee 297 OCS Occupant Classification Trailer turn signal lamps 297 SyS teM eaa a E Turn signals eeeeneenneeenneeennnneenn 298 PRE SAFE Washer Tl ld us
465. rument cluster submenu gt page 132 e Time Date submenu gt page 133 e Lighting submenu gt page 134 e Vehicle submenu gt page 137 e Comfort submenu gt page 137 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Resetting to factory settings You can reset the settings of all submenus to the factory settings For safety reasons the function Lamp Circuit Headlamp in the Lighting submenu cannot be reset while driving The following message appears in the multifunction display Settings Cannot be completely reset to factory settings when engine is running gt Press button or CF repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display Sattings To reset press reset button For 3 seconds Press the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 122 for approximately 3 seconds Settings Reset to Factory settings To confirm press reset button gt Press the reset button once more The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a second time After approximately 5 seconds the Settings menu reappears in the multifunction display 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 131 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 The collection of the subm
466. ry e Do not place objects under and or around the front passenger seat e Do not hang anything from or attach any items to the seats e Do not stuff objects such as books between the front passenger seat and the center console or front passenger door e Do not move the front passenger seat backwards against stiff objects e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e While seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the occupant s weight category e Read and observe all warnings in this chapter OCS Self test After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the 3 pass ar saca indicator lamp illuminates If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the front passenger seat and the system classifies the occupant as an adult the 3 pass ai exc indicator lamp will illuminate and go out after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the system classifies the front passenger seat as being empty the will illuminate and not go out 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 45 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety Xi pass ar
467. s 1 This device may not cause interference and gt i iver fuel fill Unlocking driver s Hoge and fuel filler 2 this device mustacsept any flap Press button once i 3 P z interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device gt Global unlocking Press button o twice gt Global locking Press button Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Important notes on using KEYLESS GO e You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey D page 70 You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with button Always carry the SmartKey with you Never store the SmartKey together with Electronic items such as a mobile phone or another SmartKey Metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the tailgate When the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours the KEYLESS GO function is deactivated Pull an outside door handle and switch on the ignition once to activate
468. s If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically go out after 60 seconds gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Headlamp Delayed Shut off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Headlamp Delayed Shut oFF On OFF gt Press button or to switch the headlamps delayed shut off feature On or Off gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auto before turning off the engine The headlamps delayed shut off feature is activated 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 136 Version 2 11 8 1 You can temporarily deactivate the headlamps delayed shut off feature gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The headlamps delayed shut off feature is deactivated It will reactivate as soon as you Start the engine Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain on for 10 seconds during da
469. s are folded forward N Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 266 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap into place Clean the windshield and the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and mild detergent solution Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield H To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the windows with hard objects such as anice scraper or ring Doing so may damage the windows Cleaning the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel The rear part of the tilt sliding panel has a protective layer on the inside Use a soft clea
470. s you have to close the tailgate manually gt page 75 A Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death H The tailgate swings open upwards automatically Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance A minimum height clearance of 7 20 ft 2 20 m is required to open the tailgate 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 76 Version 2 11 8 1 In vehicles with power tailgate you can e open and close the tailgate from the inside and the outside electrically e limit the opening height of the tailgate e interrupt the opening closing procedure at any time by pressing or pulling the door mounted remote tailgate opening closing switch pulling the outside handle on the tailgate pressing the tailgate closing switch pressing the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch Notes for operating the tailgate with the SmartKey You can also open close and stop the tailgate by pressing button I on the SmartKey The prerequisites for this are e No SmartKey is inserted in the starter switch e KEYLESS GO The vehicle s on board electronics must have status 0 gt page 80 Opening the tailgate from the outside You can unlock and open the tailgate simultaneously from the outside when the vehicle is stationary gt Press an
471. s not come on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tele Aid H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press Information button to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password in the mail You may use this password to access the Tele Aid section in Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only The My Tele Aid section will give you access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail i Useful features monitoring services connection and cellular air time e vehicle battery power is available e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Response Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the in
472. se Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints N Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e USA only Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along wi
473. sed since start Average speed since start Average fuel consumption since start All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within this time period Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button CP or 4 repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message From Reset appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail 5 Control system From Reset 750 m Distance driven since last reset Time elapsed since last reset Average speed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last reset Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button EP or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the reading that you want to reset appears in the multifunction display Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster until the respective values are reset to 0 The fuel consumption statistics reset automatically to O after 99999 miles or 9999 hours whichever occurs first
474. shed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front press button to fold mirrors in Then press button 1 again to fold mirrors out Do not force mirrors by hand as this may damage the adjustment mechanism The mirror housing is then properly positioned and you can adjust the mirror in the usual manner Make sure both rear view mirrors are folded out before driving off Memory function With the memory function you can store up to three different configurations per front seat 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Each memory position button on the driver s side can store all of the following settings e Seat position e Steering wheel position Exterior rear view mirrors position N Warning Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Each memory position button on the front passenger side can store the setting of the seat position 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 97 Version 2 11 8 1 Lighting driver s side also wait for the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to move to the stored position Releasing the memory position button stops movement to the stored positions immediately Lighting If you drive in countries with left hand driving you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obt
475. sing the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner briefly Operating audio devices audio media Switch on the COMAND system and select the audio device or audio media Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Press button or EP repeatedly until the Audio DVD menu appears in the multifunction display Ve gt Track 1 B 77711177774 Example illustration Disc number Current track gt Selecting next or previous track Press button or 4 briefly gt Selecting a track from the track list quick search Press and hold button vJlor a i The current track does not appear during Audio AUX mode operation 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operating video DVD Switch on the COMAND system and select DVD Video Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button EH or LP repeatedly until the Audio DVD menu appears in the multifunction display o gt Scene 1 LS J Disc number Current scene gt Press button to select a scene VY or A The Navigation menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button or LP repeatedly
476. sion to neutral position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 252 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 253 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving instructions bring road salt impaired braking efficiency The possibility of a serious or even fatal back to normal accident are greatly increased when you drink If the vehicle is parked after being driven on or take drugs and drive salt treated roads the braking efficiency Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow should be tested as soon as possible after anyone to drive who has been drinking or driving is resumed taking drugs N Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road Pedals users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Z Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are 7 obstructing the pedals range of movement Driving instructions Keep the driver s footwell clear of all Operation E Drive sensibly save fuel obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the To save fuel you should pedals still have sufficient clearance e Keep tires at the re
477. sitioned and you can adjust the mirror in the usual manner Atlow ambienttemperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically The exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when the ignition is switched on and incoming light 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The rear view mirrors will not react ifthe automatic transmission is set to reverse gear R or the interior lighting is switched on N Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example when transporting cargo which covers the rear window Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accident For more convenient parking you can set the passenger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the rear wheel and the road curb Setting and storing the parking position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 95 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Shift the automatic transmission into
478. speed and heating power depending on outside temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the front door windows side air vents must be open e the air conditioning compressor switches on at outside temperatures above approximately 41 F 5 C for air drying Adjustments You can adjust the air volume and the temperature when the front defroster is switched on The air flow will remain on the windshield and front door windows gt Press button to decrease or button g to increase air volume to the desired level The air volume decreases increases to the next lower higher blower speed and heating switches to the temperature that 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 179 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe was set before the front defroster was switched on The indicator lamp in button goes out The indicator lamp in button 4 comes on or gt Turn temperature control 1 and or USA only gt page 170 or and or Canada only gt page 172 slightly in any direction Heating switches to the temperature that was set before the front defroster was switched on The indicator lamp in button The indicator lamp in button 4 on goes out comes The air conditioning compressor remains on even if the indicator lamp in button goes out This helps to prevent the windshield
479. splay Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions ES Unavailabl The brake system still functions normally but due to See insufficient power supply the ESP the BAS and the Operator S PRE SAFE system are unavailable Manua gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability When the voltage is above the required value again the ESP the BAS and the PRE SAFE system are operational again and the message in the multifunction display should disappear If the message in the multifunction display does not disappear gt Have the alternator and the battery checked Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints El ESP Unavailabl If the yellow ESP warning lamp A flashes while driving See and this message appears the Electronic Traction System Operator s 4 ETS has switched off to prevent overheating of the drive Manual wheel brakes As soon as the brakes have cooled off the Electronic Traction System 4 ETS switches on again The message in the multifunction display disappears and the ESP warning lamp A goes out ESE Unavailabl The self diagnosis may not be completed yet See The display will clear after driving a short distance at a vehicle Operator S speed of above 12 mph 20 km h Manual PRE SAFE Inoperativ The PRE SAFE system has failed Al
480. ss Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle Drivers door B pillar Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the Tire and Loading Information placard with regards to loading your vehicle Tire and Loading Information A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Tire and Loading Information placard Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Load limit data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle mus i ere wia an mas a a DA ag Bin DEANT ee 6 P40 00 2131 21 The Tire and Loading Information placard showing load limit information 1 is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on the
481. ss Parktronic gt Switch on the ignition switch or Indicator lamp comes on gt Check the Parktronic system operation at gt Switching on Press Parktronic switch Q another location to rule out interference again from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Rear view camera Therear view camera is an optical parking aid DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail 2 Driving systems The area behind the vehicle appears in the COMAND system display as a mirror image like in the rear view mirror In addition the rear view camera contains guidelines to help you with driving in reverse A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured A Warning The rear view camera is only an aid and may display obstacles e from a distorted perspective e inaccurately e may not display obstacles at all The rear view camera does not relieve you of the responsibility to be cautious Take care and pay careful attention The rear view camera may not show objects which are e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e above the tailgate handle You are responsible for safety at all times and must continue to pay attention to the immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering This includes the area behind in front of and beside the vehicle Otherwise you could endanger yourself and or others A Warnin
482. st 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If DD Safety and security iz 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security El Occupant safety you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard e Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when the driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise
483. stallation behind second row seats install the blind extensions gt page 195 H For installation behind third row seats the blind extensions must not be installed Otherwise the cargo compartment cover blind could be damaged gt Remove the mount covers in the side trims of the third row seats when installing the cargo compartment cover blind behind the second row seats Mount cover in the side trims of the third row seats 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 195 Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing gt Press on the mount cover at its lower edge as indicated by arrow The mount cover s upper edge flips up gt Remove mount cover by pulling its upper edge out of side trim in direction of arrow To avoid loss of the mount covers keep them in a safe place while not in use e g the glove box gt Make sure release button 8 faces up and the handle is to the rear before inserting the cargo compartment cover blind gt Place left side of cargo compartment cover blind in left mount gt Position right side of cargo compartment cover blind over right mount gt Press release button 3 and guide cargo compartment cover blind into mount gt Make sure cargo compartment cover blind is securely fastened Extending cargo compartment blind r Poa 005519 21 Position blind extension 2 over cargo compartment cover blind Guide pins must point directly at guidings gt Turn
484. steering input If possible do not brake abruptly but rather engage the brake slightly at first to permit the trailer to activate its brake Then increase the braking force H If the trailer should begin to sway reduce the vehicle s speed immediately 251_AKB d2ureepe 4 52 en US Do not attempt to straighten out the tow vehicle and trailer by increasing the speed Ifthe transmission shifts between gears on inclines repeatedly shift to a lower gear range manually gt page 119 Select 4 3 2 or 1 A lower gear and reduction of speed reduces the chance of engine overloading and or overheating When going down an incline shift into a lower gear and use the engine s braking effect Avoid riding the brakes thus overheating the vehicle and trailer brakes if so equipped If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning is on turn off the air conditioning system Engine coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the climate control fan speed to high and setting the temperature control to the maximum During a passing maneuver extreme care must be exercised since your vehicle with a trailer will require additional passing distance ahead than when driving without a trailer Because your vehicle and trailer is longer than your vehicle alone you will also need to go much farther ahead of the passed vehicle before you can return to your
485. stem gt page 231 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 232 Vehicles with MOExtended system are not factory equipped with a TIREFIT kit When retrofitting with tires that do not have run flat characteristics e g winter tires you should also equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit TIREFIT kits are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center For information on driving in case of pressure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Practical Hints section gt page 330 Tire care and maintenance A Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more information on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 228 Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 241 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Tires and wheels Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition an
486. such forces as supplemental weight and sense that an occupant on the front passenger seat is of a greater weight than actually present gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the amp Pass ar sasa indicator lamp in the center console gt page 44 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the amp pass areas indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 42 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display DD Practical hints E 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 278 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the 3
487. sunroof is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding sunroof operates differently when the sunroof switch is pressed and held See the Closing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked section for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by releasing the sunroof switch or ifthe sunroof switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the sunroof switch in any direction N Warning The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 181 Version 2 11 8 1 Power tilt sliding sunroof shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions If you cannot open or close
488. surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your interior rear view mirror and glance over your shoulder before changing lanes 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 94 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button 1 for the driver s side exterior rear view mirror or button 3 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The indicator lamp in the respective button comes on for approximately 15 seconds If you do not make adjustments to the selected exterior rear view mirror within 15 seconds the indicator lamp goes out You will then have to select the desired exterior rear view mirror again before adjustments can be made Adjustments can only be made with the indicator lamp for the respective exterior rear view mirror button illuminated gt Press adjustment button 2 up down left or right according to the desired setting H If an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly hit from the front manually snap it back into place H Vehicle with power folding exterior rear view mirrors If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from front press fold button to fold mirrors in then press fold button again to fold mirrors out Do not force mirrors by hand as this may damage the adjustment mechanism The mirror housing is then properly po
489. system may still indicate the tire inflation pressure of the removed road wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the indicated value where the spare wheel is mounted does not reflect the actual spare tire inflation pressure Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multifunction display In addition an acoustic warning sounds and the low tire pressure telltale in the instrument cluster comes on Example illustration 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 235 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels The respective tire is indicated by a red Tire pressure rectangle displayed after driving for Restarting Advanced TPMS a few minutes A Warning gt Press the reset button gt page 122 It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire The follo
490. t Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q or depress in direction of arrow 2 gt page 148 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator pedal and continue to accelerate past the set speed the following message will appear in the multifunction display DISTRONIC Override The distance to a slower moving vehicle in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Changing the set speed N Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase or decrease the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments Driving systems When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you lift
491. t Canada vehicles Depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 119 Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission Rocking the vehicle Rocking the vehicle by shifting the automatic transmission directly between drive position D and reverse gear R can help free a vehicle stuck in mud or snow The engine control system of this vehicle electronically limits directly shifting the automatic transmission between drive position D and reverse gear R to very low speeds i e approximately 5 mph 9 km h To shift the automatic transmission directly between drive position D and reverse gear R move the gear selector lever up or down past the resistance point Working on the vehicle N Warning When working on the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission into park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Towing a trailer gt When you tow a trailer shift into a lower gear range manually if the automatic transmission hunts between gears on inclines A lower gear range and reduction of speed reduces the potential to overload or to overheat the engine For more information on trailer towing see Trailer towing gt page 256 Gear ranges With the automatic transmission in drive position D y
492. t Release AdBlue refill container gt Turn AdBlue refill container counterclockwise and remove it gt Place AdBlue filler cap gt page 332 on filler neck and turn it clockwise gt Turn AdBlue filler cap counterclockwise and open it Filler cap is tethered with a plastic strap gt Place AdBlue filler cap cover as illustrated and turn it clockwise to its stop gt Place wheel wrench 2 and reversible ratchet for jack 8 back in the space underneath the cargo compartment floor r 4 gt Lower cargo compartment floor Bw rer gt Close the tailgate gt Drive the vehicle at a speed of at least gt Pull dust cap off of AdBlue refill container 10 mph 16 km h Practical hints u The message Check Additive See gt Place AdBlue refill container on the Operator s Manual disappears after filler neck as illustrated and tighten it approximately 1 minute eae ES ED EINS if the message Check Additive See Operator s Manual still appears in the H Make sure to tighten the AdBlue refill multifunction display refill with one more container only moderately i e hand tight container of AdBlue as you could otherwise damage it Have the AdBlue level checked and if gt Push AdBlue refill container down necessary filled completely afterward at The AdBlue tank is filled This may take up an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to 1 minute When you stop pushing
493. t Step 5 After indicator lamp Q changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter button gt Step 6 Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button 2 or and observe indicator lamp Q If indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and released If indicator lamp flashes rapidly for approximately 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature gt Step 7 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text For your convenience and to complete the procedure faster you might want to have someone assist you 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 214 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Step 8 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn
494. t air vents ur vi Directs air to the footwells and side air vents gt Press the desired air distribution button u amp or uy for the driver s side or 4 or 14 for the passenger side The automatic mode is switched off The indicator lamp in the desired button comes on Adjusting air volume USA only gt Decrease increase Press button s or 8 The automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed is shown in air volume display Gi gt page 170 Canada only gt Decrease increase Press button s or 8 The automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed appears in display gt page 172 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 178 Version 2 11 8 1 When using the Voice Control System the blower speed reduces automatically When the Voice Control System is not used anymore the blower speed increases to the previously selected level Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Activating gt Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatically e most efficient blower
495. t page 185 for approximately 1 second gt Push and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 8 gt page 185 until the tilt sliding panel is fully closed gt Keep holding the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 8 gt page 185 for approximately 1 second Check the express operation feature of the tilt sliding panel gt page 184 If the tilt sliding panel opens completely the roof is synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Loading and storing Loading instructions N Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 187 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing vehicle occupants unless the items are e passengers securely fastened in the vehicle e luggage cargo To help avoid personal injury during a collision lt must never exceed the load limit and the or sudden maneuver EB care when Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR for your eee Eee HER vehicle The load limit and the GVWR are Cango nener then ie seek beckresis specified on the placard located on the The cargo compartment is the preferred place driver s door B pillar gt page 236 to carry objects Always use
496. t backrest to prevent damage 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 84 Version 2 11 8 1 Easy entry feature for third row seats The releases for the easy entry feature are located on the entry side and the back ofeach outboard second row seat gt Pull and hold easy entry lever in direction of arrow at resistance point The seat backrest folds forward gt Push the seat forward as far as it will go You should now have sufficient space to access the vehicle s third row seat Easy entry exit position gt Enter the vehicle For information on how to fold down the second row seats completely see Expanding cargo volume gt page 189 Easy exit feature for third row seats The easy exit straps are located on the rear of each outboard second row seat base 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe To exit the vehicle when seated on a third row seat pull up and hold easy exit strap The second row seat backrest folds forward gt Push second row seat forward a far as it will Easy entry exit position gt Exit the vehicle For information on how to fold down the second row seats completely see Expanding cargo volume gt page 189 Returning outboard second row seats to their original position Z Warning When occupants have entered or exited the vehicle using the easy entry exit feature before driving off make sure 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 85 Version
497. t damage you should immediately remove e Grease and oil Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of Vehicle care incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others applied later We have selected vehicle care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or dam
498. t engage no cooling if the A C mode is deactivated gt page 175 A Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 108 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 175 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 3 zone automatic climate control Deactivating the climate control system N Warning When the climate control system is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Deactivating the front climate control gt Deactivating Press button OFF The indicator lamp in the button comes on Canada only Display 4 gt page 172 is cleared gt Reactivating Press button AUTO You can also press button on the climate control panel If you press button to reactivate the climate control system the defrosting mode is activated OFF Deactivating the rear climate c
499. t you approach is directly on the ground do not approach the object any closer than the red guideline A P64 65 4005 21 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 162 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Overview of climate control system functions and air vents Overview of climate control system functions and air vents Your vehicle is equipped with either of the following climate control systems Climate control gt page 164 3 zone automatic climate control P8325 77031 P8325 77031 Controls in detail P83 25 2371 31 Canada only gt page 172 The climate control combines an automatic The 3 zone automatic climate control heating and ventilation system with a cooling combines an automatic heating and system You can adjust the automatic ventilation system with a cooling system climate control separately for the driver s You can adjust the 3 zone automatic climate and passenger side control separately for each zone in the vehicle Rear automatic climate Air vents control gt page 174 N Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution 8
500. tarter The battery may not be charged sufficiently gt Get a jump start gt page 336 If the engine will not start despite a jump start gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The starter has been exposed to excessive temperatures gt Let the starter cool for about 2 minutes gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 112 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving off A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control H Do not run a cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine This is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If an acoustic warning sounds and the message Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine perform
501. tarting with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system Such damage will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 337 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Jump starting that move when an engine is started or gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch running gt Switch off all electrical consumers e Should the battery be drained completely Engage the parking brake let the donating power source charge the vehicle for several minutes before reattempting the starting process gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P Open the hood gt page 222 The jump start contacts are located in the engine compartment on the passenger side Practical hints Position represents the charged battery of a jumper cable Clamp the cable to another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack negative terminal of charged battery gt Flip up cover of positive terminal in first direction of arrow gt Start engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery and run at idle speed H Never invert the terminal connections You can now turn on the electrical gt Connect positive terminal 2 of charged cael ene ae not switch a 2
502. tch positions une 79 see Children in the vehicle KEYLESS GO License plate lamps Starter switch positions c00 80 Messages in the multifunction KickdoWn e 2 22er 119 display u a ns 296 Kilopascal air pressure unit 249 Replacing bulbs uu0 2440000 314 Light alloy wheels cleaning 267 see Cigarette lighter Kabel 2 Lighting aan 97 Certification outs en arte 344 Daytime running lamp mode 99 Emission control information 345 EXC TION cosssssietscssasvaceizazans lehren 97 Interior sea 102 Limp home mode u 121 Load index tires 245 249 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Loading see Vehicle loading Locator lighting 135 Lock button Outside door handle KEYLESS GO eo reee irene EREE 73 Locking the vehicle KEY WES S GO yi ccsecadsasectscrsisigteciercac ss 71 Manually 20se 309 SM rtkKeyani us 8eta 70 Loss of E E EE E EAA 73 Service and Warranty Information Booklet r aR Low beam headlamps Exterior lamp switch Switching ON uuneeeeesnnessnnnnenrnnnn nenn LUDriCaNtS nnee Lumbar support iaee C Maintenance seer 21 Maintenance System Service indicator display 262 Service indicator message 261 Service term exceeded 261 Manual headlamp mode Low beam headlamps 98 Maximu
503. telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving then stays illuminated Z Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigge
504. tely pull on the same outside door Press and hold button on the handle and hold firmly The windows and SmartKey until the windows and the roller the tilt sliding sunroof or panorama roof sunblinds are closed completely Oo with power tilt sliding panel will open for gt Release button on the SmartKey to as long as the door handle is held but the interrupt the closing procedure door not opened With KEYLESS GO The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey atthe gt Close all doors driver s outside door handle With SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle Vehicles without panorama roof with Vehicles without panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel power tilt sliding panel Press and hold the lock button on an gt Press and hold button onthe outside door handle gt page 73 until the SmartKey until the windows and the tilt windows and the tilt sliding sunroof are sliding sunroof are closed completely closed completely gt Release button on the SmartKey to Release the lock button on the outside door interrupt the closing procedure handle to interrupt the closing procedure Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel When tilt sliding panel is opened Press and hold the loc
505. tem is not functioning The front passenger front air bag could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in an accident Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Safety and security 21 Center for information on availability With A Warning the special child seat installed properly the front passenger front air bag will not deploy The 3 Pass an eactaza indicator lamp 1 will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 The system does not deactivate The BabySmart air bag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces e the side impact air bag the effectiveness off the BabySmart air bag deactivation system The bottom of the child e the wi rtain air Ie Window curtainalt bag seat must make full contact with the front e the Emergency Tensioning Device ETD passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the Self test BabySmart without special child in case of an accident inst
506. ten it For more information on coolant see the Technical data section gt page 351 and gt page 355 N Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 226 Version 2 11 8 1 H Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could result in damage to the washer system fluid reservoir H Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not use distilled or deionized water in the washer fluid reservoir Otherwise the washer fluid level sensor could be damaged Fluid for the washer system rear window washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from washer fluid reservoir 2 During all seasons use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit Mix it with water or premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on the ambient temperature gt page 357 gt Opening washer fluid reservoir Pull tab of cap Q upwards gt Refill the washer fluid reservoir gt Closing washer fluid reservoir Press cap onto filler hole until it engages For more information see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 351 251_AKB d2ureepe 4 52
507. th asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear their respective seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver s seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at lea
508. th the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e USA only For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe activated Always make sure the EA indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Pass AIR BAG Q3 Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances
509. that particular tire size only Data shown on tire inflation pressure label examples are for illustration purposes only Tire inflation pressure data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustrations Refer to the tire inflation pressure label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Operation a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels COLD TIRE PRE P40 00 2179 31 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures for all approved factory equipped tires Some tire inflation pressure labels may only show the rim diameter instead of the entire tire size e g R 18 or 18 The rim diameter is part of the tire size as specified on the tire sidewall gt page 245 P40 00 217831 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures specific to rim diameter When towing a trailer inflate the tires to the tire inflation pressure as specified for a fully loaded vehicle Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires N Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 230 Version 2 11 8 1 Underinflated tires can e Cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect
510. that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury The SRS might also deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury as well In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center USA only Call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Air bags N Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain e frontal impacts front air bags e side impacts side impact air bags and window curtain air bags e rollovers window curtain air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 37 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety Deployment of the air bags temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither harmful to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people wi
511. that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 64 Version 2 11 8 1 If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the braking distance BAS Observe Safety notes see page 63 The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS provides full brake boost automatically thereby potentially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated A Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase EBP A Observe Safety notes see page 63 The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP enhances braking effectiveness by allowing the rear brakes to supply a greater proportion of the braking effort in straight line braking without a loss of vehicle stability Z Warning If the EBP malfunctions the brake system will still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up during emergency braking situations for example You c
512. the Advanced TPMS becomes active again automatically after a few minutes of driving Tre The tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire Pressure s or Please The tire inflation pressures of the individual tires differ from Correct each other significantly The tire inflation pressure values are shown in the multifunction display Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 230 gt Restart the Advanced TMPS gt page 235 Caution At least one tire is deflating Tire The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display Defect gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 319 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 285 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Check The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly Tire s below the reference value The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 319 N Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the
513. the KEYLESS GO function If the SmartKey is positioned farther away from the vehicle the system may no longer recognize the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system e If the SmartKey is removed from the vehicle e g if a passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey when pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button or trying to lock the vehicle with the lock button on an outside door handle the message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display with the engine running the red message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display while driving off 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 72 Version 2 11 8 1 Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket e If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button you can turn it off again by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button inserting the SmartKey into the starter switch when the vehicle is at a standstill and the automatic transmission is in park position P e The vehicle could be inadvertently unlocked if the SmartKey is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and an outside door handle is splashed with water or you attempt to clean an outside door handle e Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Possibility 1 One SmartKey
514. the buckle The seat belt adjustment function takes place with a certain amount of retracting force when the system senses slack between the vehicle occupant and the seat belt Do not retain the seat belt during this procedure You can activate or deactivate the seat belt adjustment function via the control system gt page 138 Releasing the seat belts gt Press seat belt release button 4 gt page 50 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding latch plate gt page 50 H Make sure the seat belt retracts completely Otherwise the seat belt and or latch plate could get caught or pinched in the door orin the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair its effectiveness and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Enhanced seat belt reminder system When the engine is started the seat belt telltale amp will always illuminate for Occupant safety 6 seconds to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning chime will sound The warning chime goes out after approximately 6 seconds or once the driver s seat belt is fastened If after these 6 seconds the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt
515. the daytime running lamp mode using the control system see Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 134 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 or auto When the engine is running the low beam headlamps come on In low ambient lighting conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the engine running you cannot switch off the low beam headlamps manually 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 99 Version 2 11 8 1 Lighting Canada only With the exterior lamp switch in position 0 or auto you cannot switch on the high beam headlamps The high beam flasher is available at all times gt For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position D to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you e shift from a driving position to neutral position N or park position P with the vehicle at a standstill the low beam headlamps will go out with a delay of 3 minutes e turn the exterior lamp switch to position 300 the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps come on e turn the exterior lamp switch to position 2 the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime runnin
516. the end of the filler hose Observe Safety notes see page 230 gt Drive to the nearest qualified workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the damaged tire replaced Recommended duration of use A maximum of 300 miles 500 km at 50 mph DD Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints 80 km h or below with the recommended tire inflation pressure Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to obtain a new TIREFIT kit Bring used TIREFIT materials to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper disposal gt Replace your TIREFIT container every 4 years Replacement containers are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mounting the spare wheel Introduction gt Prepare the vehicle as described D page 320 gt Take the following out of the vehicle e spare wheel e jack e wheel wrench e collapsible wheel chock e alignment bolt e electric air pump For information on where to find the respective items see Where will find gt page 270 and gt page 272 Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel wrench Some tools required for a wheel change are specific to your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle This section describes the wheel change using the t
517. the external interference nee Sb Activate Distronic again gt page 148 when the message anya DISTRONIC Available Again appears Distronic is deactivated because the Distronic sensor has not sensed any other vehicles or objects e g road sign or such for a long time gt Activate Distronic again gt page 148 when the message DISTRONIC Available Again appears A Warning the system is able to detect a dirty sensor The Distronic cannot take weather conditions into message DISTRONIC Currently account Switch off Distronic or do not turn it Unavailable See Operator s Manual will on if the sensor is dirty or visibility is be displayed in the multifunction display and diminished as a result of snow rain or fog The Distronic will be turned off distance control may be impaired even before Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 282 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Vehicle Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Depress You have attempted to shift the automatic transmission into brake to drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N without shift out depressing the brake pedal of P gt Depress the brake pedal Door Open Vehicle You have opened the driver s door and the automatic Not In transmission is still in drive position D reverse gear R or u Park neutral position N Before you leave the vehicle
518. the last wheel bolt and tighten it slightly gt Inflate the collapsible tire gt page 328 40 10 5368 31 Inflating the collapsible tire A Warning Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached P40 105554 31 Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle Version 2 gt Version 1 only Open flap 1 on electric A Warning air pump Observe safety instructions on air pumplabel Version 1 only Pull out electrical plug and air hose with pressure gauge and E Do not lower the vehicle before inflating vent screw the collapsible tire Otherwise the rim may Version 2 only Pull electrical plug and be damaged the air hose out of the pump housing Your vehicle may be equipped with either of bottom two versions of the electric air pump gt Version 1 only Close vent screw on air e Version 1 The air hose with pressure hose gauge and the electrical plug are located gt Remove the valve cap from the collapsible behind a flap tire valve e Version 2 The pressure gauge is located gt Screw union nut onto the collapsible tire in the pump housing The air hose and valve electrical plug are located at the bottom of Make sure air pump switch is set to 0 the pump housing gt Insert electrical plug into the power outlet in the second row footwell gt page 205 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe H The cigarette lighter as well as the pow
519. the tire valve TIREFIT sealant may cause stains Therefore cover the filler hose e g by inserting it into the plastic bag the TIREFIT kit was packed in gt Drive off immediately Z Warning Do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds The sticker must be attached on the instrument cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics of a TIREFIT repaired tire may change Adapt your driving accordingly 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 323 Version 2 11 8 1 Version 2 gt After driving the vehicle for an initial 10 minutes check the tire inflation pressure using pressure gauge 11 on the air pump A Warning If tire inflation pressure has fallen below 20 psi 1 3 bar do not continue to drive the vehicle Park your vehicle safely away from the roadway and contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Roadside Assistance Have the damaged tire replaced If the tire inflation pressure is at least 20 psi 1 3 bar inflate or deflate the tire to the correct tire inflation pressure see Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt To increase tire inflation pressure Switch on the electric air pump gt To decrease tire inflation pressure Version 1 Open vent screw 0 on pressure gauge gt page 322 Version 2 Press deflate button 0 located at
520. tilt sliding panel and roller sunblinds must be synchronized e after the battery has been disconnected or discharged e after a malfunction e if the tilt sliding panel does not open smoothly H Do not attempt to open the tilt sliding panel before the tilt sliding panel is properly synchronized The tilt sliding panel could otherwise lock up in the open position If the tilt sliding panel cannot be closed or synchronized contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Vehicles with SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Switch off the ignition and open the driver s door This puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 186 Version 2 11 8 1 starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Remove the respective fuse from the fuse box gt page 340 gt Reinsert the fuse in the fuse box gt Switch on the ignition gt Push and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 8 gt page 185 until the roller sunblinds are fully extended Keep holding the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 8 gt page 185 for approximately 1 second gt Pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 2 gt page 185 until the roller sunblinds are fully retracted gt Keep holding the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 2 g
521. tion a The rear axle level control adjusts the vehicle level for the rear axle The rear axle level control is beneficial because it keeps the Driving systems vehicle level at the rear axle constant independent of the load Observe the information on towing a trailer see Trailer towing gt page 256 The AIRMATIC lets you select the chassis and suspension setup The chassis and suspension setup adjusts the damping behavior and the ride height for your vehicle The AIRMATIC consists of two components The Adaptive Damping System ADS gt page 153 and the vehicle level control gt page 154 Adap Ja A Vo The Adaptive Damping System ADS is controlled electronically and operates continuously It adjusts the damping characteristics to the current operating and driving conditions The damping is adjusted individually for each wheel Driving safety and tire comfort are increased The fine tuning of the damping is dependent on e your driving style e road surface conditions e your personal settings The following settings are available e AUTO for normal driving situations Controls in detail A 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems Indicator lamps 2 and 8 are off e SPORT for sporty driving Indicator lamp 2 comes on e COMF for comfort driving Indicator lamp 8 comes on gt Start the engine gt Press A
522. tions W Turn The left or right rear turn signal lamp is malfunctioning A Signal substitute bulb is being used Rear Left gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 312 or Turn Signal Rear Right X Turn The left or right front turn signal lamp is malfunctioning A a Signal substitute bulb is being used Front Left Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 312 a or S Turn Signal T Front L Right w Turn The turn signal in the left or right exterior rear view mirror is Signal malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have Left stopped working Mirror gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as or possible Turn Signal Right Mirror Tires Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Tire The tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire pressure S or Please The tire inflation pressure of the individual tires differ from Correct each other significantly Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 230 Tire At least one tire is deflating Pressure gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt Caution steering and braking maneuvers lire gt if Defect necessary change the wheel gt page 319 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 299 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Tire The tire
523. tire inflation pressures for your vehicle can be found on e the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 236 e the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressures are not listed in the Operator s Manual A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the drivers door B pillar or on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system does not replace regular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in more than one tire cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system must be restarted in the following situations e after you have changed the tire inflation pressure e after you have replaced the wheels or tires e after you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the Tire and Lo
524. tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S Government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance N Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature is close to the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 251 with a minimum trea
525. tires In heavy rain or when conditions indicate possible hydroplaning DD Operation a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Ol Driving instructions gt Reduce vehicle speed gt Avoid track grooves in the road gt Apply brakes cautiously Standing water H Do not drive through flooded areas Before driving through water determine its depth If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment If you must drive through standing water keep in mind that e the maximum depth of the water may not exceed 10 in 25 cm e you must drive slowly Vehicles with AIRMATIC If you have selected the raised level gt page 155 before driving through standing water the maximum water depth is 12 in 30 cm Trailer towing N Warning Failure to use proper equipment and driving technique can result in a loss of vehicle control when towing a trailer Improper towing or failure to follow the instructions in this manual can result in vehicle damage and
526. to e Select C as the preferred shift program spray back out when removing the fuel pump gt page 120 for the first 1000 miles nozzle which could cause personal injury 1500 km N Warning e Avoid accelerating by kickdown eee r Do not fill diesel tanks with gasoline Do not e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by mix diesel fuel with gasoline Otherwise the shifting to a lower gear using the gear fuel system and engine could be damaged In selector lever addition the vehicle could catch fire e Select gear ranges 3 2 or 1 gt page 119 only when driving at moderate speeds for Never use diesel fuel in vehicles with hill driving gasoline engine Never refuel vehicles with After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gasoline engine with diesel fuel Even small gradually increase vehicle and engine speeds amounts of incorrect fuel will damage the to the permissible maximum fuel system and engine Damage resulting from the use of non approved fuels or fuel All of the above instructions as may apply to ra fee f Big additives or resulting from mixing gasoline yo r vehicle type also apply whendrivirig the with diesel fuel or vice versa is not covered first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine bythe MercedesBenz Limited Warren the transfer case the front differential or the y 2 rear differential have been replaced H if you have accidentally filled the tank i Always obey applicable speed limits with incorrect or non
527. to the defined address 4d or on iJ If you select No you can save the address to your address book The Destination Download feature is available if the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possible Search amp Send Search amp Send is a navigation destination address entry service For more information on Search amp Send refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unintentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not available gt Contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your password gt Then return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Response Center and pull the tailgate recessed handle gt page 75 for a minimum of 20 seconds until the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet in the My Tele Aid section of 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 212 Version 2 11 8 1 Owner s Online using your ID and password USA only The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS but
528. tomatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the automatic transmission could remain locked in park position P gt Have the vehicle s electrical system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Reverse gear Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R only when the vehicle is stopped 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Effect N Neutral position No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the transmission never shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving Exception If the ESP is switched off or malfunctioning shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding H Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with the automatic transmission in neutral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty D Drive position The automatic transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Kickdown Use the kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt U S vehicles Fully depress the accelerator pedal Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear g
529. ton on the SmartKey or by pressing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not operate Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the window opening A Warning Do not keep any part of your body up against the window pane when opening a window The downward motion of the pane may pull that part of your body down between the window pane and the door frame and trap it there If there is a risk of entrapment release the switch and pull it to close the window You can also open or close the windows using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 108 and Convenience closing feature gt page 108 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the windows until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the windows for up to 5 minutes 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 107 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Power windows Ifthe door window is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the door window was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the door window is fully closed The door window closes without automatic reversal function
530. ton A or briefly to move within a menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station within Audio DVD menu 128 to switch to the phone book and select a name or number within Telephone Ata glance i menu 140 Press and hold button A o vale to select previous or next Function Page track with quick search or to select previous or next Multifunction display 125 station in station list or i wave band within Audio Press button FP nn op to answersacal 10 to start the quick search in to dial 140 the phone book within to redial 140 Telephone menu 140 Press button amp Press button ort to turn toendacall 140 the Voice Control System to reject an incoming call 140 off see separate operating instructions Press button Jor to select submenus in the Settings menu 131 to set values to set the volume Press button to turn the Voice Control System on see separate operating instructions 4 Function only available in telephone menu 5 Vehicles without Voice Control System Button without function 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 31 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Center console Hazard warning flasher o switch 101 Alarm system indicator lamp 68 Parktronic system deactivation switch 159 Electronic Stability Program
531. ton will flash and the message Call Connected will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the tailgate recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the tailgate recessed handle again Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Response Center along with your password The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement If the anti theft alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system initiates a call to the Response Center automatically The Tele Aid system will initiate the call provided that 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe e you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service e the Tele Aid service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS coverage are available _ Garage door opener The integrated remote control can operate up to three se
532. transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 or gt If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 4 and release them when indicator lamp 1 begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds This procedure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 gt Step 3 Hold the end of hand held remote control 5 of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 12 in 5 to 30 cm away from the signal transmitter button or 9 to be programmed while keeping indicator lamp Q in view DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail i Useful features gt Step 4 Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button 6 and the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is completed Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will start flashing after 20 seconds g
533. trols in detail E 3 zone automatic climate control The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning and air drying are turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine How long the system will provide heating depends on the coolant temperature and the battery voltage 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 170 Version 2 11 8 1 Regardless of the temperature and air volume set on the climate control panel an interior temperature is aimed at by 72 F 22 C and the blower runs on low speed to protect the vehicle battery gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Deactivating Press button 4 again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is deactivated automatically e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low 3 zone automatic climate control Control panels USA only P63 30 4636 3 251_AK
534. ts occur later arsnitting With the automatic transmission in drive position D you can limit or extend the gear range using the steering wheel gearshift control Program mode selector switch C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Steering wheel gearshift control You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift control when the automatic transmission is in park position P neutral position N or reverse gear R Limiting gear range N Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly pull left gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the automatic transmission To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s maximum speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly pull right gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the automatic transmission 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 121 Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic t
535. tures gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the button Indicator lamp Q will begin to flash after 20 seconds gt Without releasing the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt Select and press the appropriate integrated signal transmitter button or to activate the remote controlled device The integrated remote control transmitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory If you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels gt Switch on the ignition gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 9 for approximately 20 seconds until indicator lamp 1 flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips e Check the frequency of hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the remote The integrated remote Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail iz Useful features control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 280 390 MHz
536. u switch on the ignition all lamps except low beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 299 DD Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Starter switch positions gt Always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation This will help to prevent accelerated vehicle battery discharge or a completely discharged vehicle battery If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged Check the vehicle battery and charge it if necessary or gt Get a jump start If the SmartKey does not belong to the vehicle the SmartKey can be turned in the starter switch However the ignition does not switch on and the engine does not start Z Observe Safety notes see page 55 Vehicles equipped with the KEYLESS GO feature are supplied with a SmartKey with integrated KEYLESS GO function and a removable KEYLESS GO start stop button The KEYLESS GO start stop button must be inserted in the starter switch and
537. ucts take care not to spray them on the brake disks Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarm solution The surface may temporarily change color If this is the case wait for it to dry A Warning Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprays containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing solvents will make the surface porous and vehicle occupants could suffer serious injuries from plastic parts coming loose in the event of air bag deployment Vehicle care H Do not use oil wax or scouring agents Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care ona soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure COMAND display H You must switch off the COMAND display and allow it to cool prior to cleaning H Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents These can damage or even destroy the COMAND display screen gt Use a standard microfiber cloth and apply with light pressure Steering wheel gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets Headliner gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat
538. ugh an automatic conveyor type car wash Make sure the automatic transmission remains in neutral position N Observe instructions see Remaining in neutral position N gt page 117 When leaving the automatic car wash make sure the mirrors are folded out After running the vehicle through an automatic car wash wipe any wax off ofthe windshield and the wiper blade inserts This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield Ornamental moldings gt Forregular cleaning and care of ornamental moldings use a damp cloth H Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamps brake lamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abras
539. uid in the reservoir The red brake warning Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a safe location as lamp comes on while soon as it is safe to do so the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds gt Engage the parking brake gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 274 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem N Warning Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Safety systems Problem Ea al The red seat belt telltale comes on for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine The red seat belt telltale comes on In addition you hear a warning chime for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine The red seat belt telltale comes on while the vehicle is standi
540. uipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about operating particular equipment any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 21 Version 2 11 8 1 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a
541. ur vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists even when the Distronic is switched off gt Press button or LP repeatedly until the message Distance Warning appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Distance Warning gt Press button or to switch the distance EEE function On or Off Symbol for activated distance warning function If the distance warning function is switched on you will see the symbol gt in the Standard display When the distance warning function is switched off the symbol f a will not appear Use the Trip seinputer menu to call up statistical data on your vehicle The following information is available e Fuel consumption statistics since start gt page 139 e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt page 139 e Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt page 140 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 139 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system e Distance to empty gt page 140 e Current fuel consumption gt page 140 When you enter the Trip computer menu you will always see the fuel consumption statistics since start first Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button CP or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display Distance driven since start Time elap
542. ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems distance between the vehicle and an obstacle parking and other critical maneuvers always visually and audibly remains with the driver The Parktronic system is activated gt automatically when A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or e you switch on the ignition EF A near the area in which you are parking and maneuvering Otherwise they could be e you release the parking brake injured and H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts e the automatic transmission is in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N elevated crossbars or road curbs Such The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds objects may not be detected by the system above approximately 11 mph 18 km h At and can damage the vehicle lower speeds the Parktronic system activates again Controls in detail During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below The Parktronic system also deactivates when the height of the sensors e g street curbs you shift the automatic transmission into painted posts or trailer hitches etc The park position P or engage the parking brake Parktronic system will not detect such The Parktronic system monitors the objects at close range and damage to your surroundings of your vehicle with six sensors vehicle or the object may result
543. ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing bulbs You can replace the following bulbs yourself Halogen headlamps Type Turn signal lamp 3457A Parking and standing lamp W 5 W Low beam lamp H7 55 W High beam lamp High beam flasher lamp H7 55 W Bi Xenon headlamps Type T Turn signal lamp 3457A Parking and standing lamp W 5 W High beam flasher lamp High beam ou flasher spot lamp H7 55 W DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 314 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Rear lamps Notes on bulb replacement H Do not replace LEDs or bulbs not described in this section You could otherwise damage the LEDs the bulbs or parts of the vehicle Only have the LEDs and bulbs replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating e Switch the lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits e Always use a clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs e Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease e If the newly installed bulb does not come on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Type Tail lamp brake lamp side marker lamp P21W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Rear fog lamp driver s side only P21 W Backup lamp P 21 W Type License plate lamps C 5 W Mercedes Benz recommends using
544. utions The ESP or the 4 ETS has come into operation because of detected traction loss in at least one tire The cruise control is deactivated gt When driving off apply as little throttle as possible gt While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 65 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident At least one wheel is spinning and the 4 ETS has switched off to prevent overheating of the drive wheel brakes gt Read and observe additional messages that may appear in the multifunction display As soon as the brakes have cooled off the 4 ETS switches on again The message in the multifunction display disappears and the ESP warning lamp A goes out Possible causes consequences and Solutions You are too close to the vehicle in front of you to maintain selected speed gt Apply the brakes immediately to increase the following distance You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you or the distance warning system has recognized a stationary obstacle on your probable line of travel gt Apply the brakes immediately gt Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Vehicle Problem The yellow fuel tank reserve warn
545. vailability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Have the battery charged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you charge the battery yourself follow the operating instructions for your charging device DD Practical hints 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints El Jump starting Only use a battery charge unit with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding H Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Wa
546. ver Q Rear seat ashtray second row Vehicles with rear center console gt page 200 are not equipped with an ashtray in front of the second row seats H Close the ashtray when not in use and before folding the second row seats Otherwise you could damage the ashtray gt Opening Open cover 1 gt page 202 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 205 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features gt Removing ashtray insert Push on gt Switch on the ignition ashtray insert 2 and pull it out upwards Push in cigarette lighter gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Insert Cigarette lighter 2 will pop out ashtray insert 2 into opening automatically when hot gt Push down ashtray insert 2 until it gt Take out cigarette lighter engages gt Reinsert cigarette lighter 2 in its socket gt Close cover 1 after use H The lighter socket can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories up to a maximum of 85 W N Observe Safety notes see page 55 designed for use with the standard y cigarette lighter plug type Keep in mind A Warning however that connecting accessories to Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter socket for example extensive the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the connecting and disconnecting or using knob only plugs that do not fit properly can damage Make sure any children traveling with you do the lighter socket With th
547. w footwell 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 206 Version 2 11 8 1 12 V MAX 20A eee Gas i A Cargo compartment 115V AC Socket A Warning The 115V AC socket operates at high voltage Use the 115V AC socket in the vehicle with the same caution and prudence that you exercise when using power outlets at home Keep any fluids away from the 115V AC socket Do not clean the socket with fluids or tapered objects Keep the 115V AC socket cover in the closed position when not in use Otherwise you could suffer an electric shock and be seriously or even fatally injured N Warning A device that you connect must have a suitable plug that complies with U S standards Never pull on the cable to unplug a plug from the 115V AC socket Do not use a damaged connection cable The 115V AC socket may not be connected to another 115V AC power source Do not use converters to a grounding plug with the 115V AC socket This could cause serious personal injury to you and or others A Warning If the 115V AC socket is damaged or torn out of the trim do not use or touch the 115V AC socket Using a 115V AC socket that is damaged or torn out of the trim could cause serious personal injury to you and or others 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe The 115V AC socket Q provides an alternating current of 115 volts which enables you to connect small electrical devices with a combined received power of 150 W at most You
548. ward in its own previously made tracks Introduction The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating A Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 341 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 A blown fuse must be replaced by an appropriate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject In case of a blown fuse contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The fuse chart is located in the cargo compartment with the vehicle tool kit gt Open the front passenger door gt Opening Insert flat blunt object into recess of fuse box cover 1 and pry it out 4 slightly page 270 The fuse chart explains th
549. ways wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 48 Version 2 11 8 1 N Warning Dam
550. wheel bolts 2 for the spare wheel with collapsible tire will damage the vehicle s Attaching the spare wheel Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric pikes air pump before lowering the vehicle A Warning p Make sure to use the original length wheel A Warning bolts when remounting the original wheel Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged after it has been repaired or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel Damaged wheel hub threads should be hub repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Make sure to use the correct wheel bolts H To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing first wheel bolt 251_AKB 4 52 en US 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 328 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 a lt T ou The following description applies to both versions Differences in usage are expressly declared P40 10 5384 31 gt Guide the spare wheel onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Insert the wheel bolts and tighten them slightly Version 1 gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Install
551. wheels see a corresponding warning message in the multifunction display The tire pressure loss warning system may function in a restricted manner or with a delay e when snow chains are mounted to the vehicle e in the presence of ice and snow e when you are driving on a loose surface e g sand or gravel e when you are driving in a very sporty manner involving rapid acceleration or high speeds in curves N Warning When the multifunction display shows the message Tire Pressure Check Tires one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard or on the tire inflation pressure label Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked at least once a month when cold Inflate the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified on e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or e the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Operation a 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels The recommended
552. window is blocked during the closing procedure the For your safety the hinged quarter door window will stop and open slightly windows cannot be opened again until 4 seconds have passed gt Immediately after the door window has stopped because it was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the door window is fully closed The door window closes with greater force The door windows must be synchronized after the battery has been disconnected or if the door windows cannot be fully closed express operation DD 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Power windows Each door window must be synchronized separately Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt Pull and hold switch or gt page 107 until the respective door window is closed The door window opens again slightly gt Pull and hold the respective switch once more immediately until the door window is closed completely gt Hold the respective switch for approximately 1 second The door window is synchronized Summer opening feature When the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simultaneously e opening the door windows e opening the hinged quarter windows e opening the tilt sliding sunroof e opening the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and roller sunblinds The summer opening feature can only be activated via the remote contr
553. wing message will appear in the inflation pressure to the recommended cold multifunction display tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires Restart tire affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle pressure monitor You might lose control over the vehicle gt If you wish to confirm Press button When you restart the TPMS the system sets new reference values for each tire The TPMS must be restarted when you have Tire Pressure Monitor adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new Be Restarted level e g because of different load or driving as conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to After driving a few minutes the system the current tire inflation pressures verifies that the current tire inflation ee ressures are within the system s specified Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire p y oe i range Afterwards the current tire inflation inflation pressure to the inflation pressure pressures are accepted as reference values recommended for the vehicle operating oe and then monitored condition Tire pressure should only be ich EP b adjusted on cold tires Observe the gt If you wish to cancel Press button recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If suc
554. xit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activated or deactivated in the Comfort submenu of the control system gt page 137 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk e Press one of the memory position buttons e Press memory button M Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on The steering wheel will also return to its last set position when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once with the driver s door closed The last set steering wheel position is stored when the ignition is switched off or the position is stored in memory gt page 97 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The steering wheel also t
555. xlesoiliscicscccccsccssssacsisstsctasncieses 351 Gearshift pattern ceceeeeeeee 116 Front lamps Shifting procedure ene 118 see Headlamps Transmission position indicator 118 Front passenger front air bag 40 Transmission positions 118 Messages in the multifunction Generator display 277 see Alternator Front passenger front air bag off Global locking unlocking indicator lamp Canada only 45 307 see Key SmartKey Front passenger front air bag off GOVE DOK eis cs csscscesscessccsscnsescsiosnce sseones 198 indicator lamp USA only 42 307 Gross Axle Weight Rating Front seat head restraints see GAWR see Head restraints Gross Trailer Weight Fuel esse 220 353 see GTW AddiliVeSissssitsiossstasssrniesehtenheisna teen 354 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR GTW Gross Trailer Weight GVW Gross Vehicle Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 2 5 204 4288205040682045 0404000222224 Halogen headlamps see Headlamps Hard plastic trim items cleaning 267 Hazard warning flasher 101 Headlamp cleaning system 101 Headlamps Active Bi Xenon headlamps 97 Automatic headlamp mode 98 BIEXENON Mer 97 313 Cleaning lenses eessesneeeenessessnneennen 265 Cleaning system 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeees 101 D
556. y depends on whether the Distronic system is activated or deactivated Please refer to the Driving systems section of this manual gt page 145 for instructions on how to activate Distronic Controls in detail 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe 2009 03 23T09 22 52 01 00 Seite 130 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Vehicle status message memory menu Use the Vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the memory Such messages appear in the multifunction display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded The Vehicle status message memory menu only appears if messages have been stored A Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages Controls in detail WE Press button or EP repeatedly until the Vehicle status message memory menu appears in the multifunction display If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded th
557. y the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H To prevent damage to the rear center console and or its components make sure the storage compartment is closed before removing the rear center console Remove all items from the rear armrest storage compartment gt page 199 of the rear center console to reduce its weight gt Pull release handle 2 The front part of rear center console 1 is released from rear center console base gt Lift rear center console 1 in direction of arrow 4 and hold it there gt While holding rear center console 1 up grip handle gt Lift rear center console 1 at handle 5 to release rear center console 1 from anchorage points gt Take rear center console out of the vehicle Rear center console base cannot be removed Installing N Warning The rear center console must be installed properly on the rear center console base when driving The rear center console could otherwise come loose It could be thrown around in the vehicle interior causing injury to vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident You can install the rear center console in two different positions In the most forward position position 1 you can expand the 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe cargo compartment fully gt page 190 without removing the rear center console The storage compartment and the cup holder in the rear center console
558. you do neither the vehicle s brakes nor the trailer s brakes will function properly The provided vehicle electrical wiring harness for trailer towing has a brake signal wire for hook up to a brake controller Operation E 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Driving instructions Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt page 116 Engage the parking brake for the vehicle gt page 114 gt Start the engine gt page 110 gt Vehicles with AIRMATIC Set the vehicle level to highway gt page 154 and set the ADS to AUTO or COMF gt page 153 gt Turn off the engine gt page 114 gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Attach the trailer gt Plug in all electrical connectors Vehicles with AIRMATIC When you are towing a trailer the vehicle level always remains in the highway setting The following applies additionally when towing a trailer e The vehicle is lowered to the highway level when it reaches a speed of 5 mph 8 km h if not set to highway level e The highspeed level is not available The restrictions that apply to towing also apply when using accessories that are connected to the trailer power socket such as a bicycle rack Towing a trailer There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailer towing Make sure your rig will be legal not only for where you reside but also for where
559. you will be driving A good source for this information can be the police or local authorities Note the following when driving with a trailer e In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should 2009 03 23T09 22 52 0 1 00 Seite 258 Version 2 11 8 1 practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free of traffic e Before you start driving check the trailer hitch break away switch safety chains electrical connections lighting tires Adjust the mirrors gt page 94 to permit unobstructed view beyond rear of trailer If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving slowly and then apply only the trailer brake controller by hand to make sure the brakes are working properly Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving When towing a trailer check occasionally to make sure the load is secure and that trailer lighting and brakes if so equipped are functioning properly Take into consideration that when towing a trailer the handling characteristics are different and less stable from those when operating the vehicle without a trailer It is important to avoid sudden maneuvers The vehicle and trailer combination is heavier and therefore limited in acceleration and climbing ability and has a larger braking distance It is more prone to reacting to cross wind gusts and requires more sensitive
560. ystems etc can cause the Distronic system to malfunction A Warning The Distronic cannot take road and traffic conditions into account Only use the Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed Controls in detail Fl 251_AKB 4 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems A Warning Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control The Distronic does not function in adverse sight and distance conditions Do not use the Distronic during conditions of fog heavy rain snow or sleet A Warning The Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off the Distronic or do not switch it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the Distronic system sensor cover is dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog for example The distance control system functionality could be impaired Always pay attention to surrounding traffic conditions even while the Distronic is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late This could cause an accident in which you and or others could be injured A Warning The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the

Kenwood DDX896 GPS Receiver User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents